1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19775 2029))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
55 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
91 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19780 4513))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
347 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
403 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
407 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
408 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
409 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19775 2027))
410 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
412 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
413 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
414 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
415 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
416 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
417 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
418 rule's `separate' attribute).
420 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
421 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
422 `separate' attribute set.
424 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
425 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
426 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
427 on the format of these lists.
429 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
431 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
432 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
433 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
434 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
435 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
436 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
437 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
438 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
439 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
440 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
443 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
444 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
448 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
451 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
452 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
453 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
455 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
457 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
464 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
466 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
474 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
476 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
484 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
486 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
491 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
498 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
500 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
502 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
504 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
506 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
508 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
510 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
512 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
514 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
516 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
518 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
520 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
522 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
524 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
526 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
528 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
534 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
535 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
536 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
538 Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
540 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented
541 formatting and manipulation. It enables structural editing of
542 outlines, as well as navigation and exposure. It also is
543 specifically aimed at accommodating syntax-sensitive text like
544 programming languages. (For example, see the allout code itself,
545 which is organized as an allout outline.)
547 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
549 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
550 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
551 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
552 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
553 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
554 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
555 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
556 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
558 and many other features.
560 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
561 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
562 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
563 features, and see the docstring of the function `allout-init' for
564 instructions on priming your emacs session for automatic
565 activation of `allout-mode'.
567 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
568 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
569 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
570 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
571 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
572 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
573 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
574 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
575 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
576 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
580 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
581 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
582 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
583 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
584 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
588 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
590 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
591 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
593 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
595 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
596 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
597 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
600 Topic Header Production:
601 -----------------------
602 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
604 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
606 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
607 ---------------------------------
608 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
609 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
610 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
612 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
613 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
614 are alternated according to nesting depth.
615 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
616 the offspring are not affected.
617 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
619 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
620 ----------------------------------
621 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
623 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
624 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
625 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
626 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
627 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
628 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
630 Topic-oriented Encryption:
631 -------------------------
632 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
633 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
637 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
638 and establish a default file-var setting
640 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
641 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
642 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
643 buffer with name derived from derived from that
644 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
645 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
646 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
647 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
649 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
654 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
655 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
656 pending encryption on save.
658 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
659 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
660 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
661 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
662 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
664 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
665 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
666 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
667 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
668 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
669 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
673 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
678 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
679 navigation and exposure control.
681 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
682 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
683 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
684 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
685 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
687 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
688 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
689 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
690 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
691 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
693 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
694 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
695 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
696 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
697 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
698 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
699 at the beginning of the current entry.
703 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
704 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
705 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
708 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
709 `allout-mode-off-hook'
710 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
711 `allout-structure-added-hook'
712 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
713 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
717 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
719 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
720 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
721 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
723 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
724 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
725 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
727 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
730 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
731 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
734 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
736 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
738 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
740 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
742 Topic text constituents:
744 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
746 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
747 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
749 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
750 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
751 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
752 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
753 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
754 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
755 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
758 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
761 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
762 It can be customized by changing the setting of
763 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
765 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
766 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
767 program code without interfering with processing of the text
768 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
769 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
770 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
771 docstring for more detail.
773 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
774 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
775 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
776 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
777 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
778 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
779 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
780 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
781 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
782 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
783 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
786 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
787 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
789 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
790 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
792 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
793 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
794 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
798 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
800 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
801 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
803 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
804 setup for auto-startup.
806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
810 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
811 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19780 4514))
812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
814 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
816 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
817 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
818 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
819 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
820 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
821 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
823 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
825 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
828 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
833 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19775 2029))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
836 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
837 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
838 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
839 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
840 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
841 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
842 in the current window.
844 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
846 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
847 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
848 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
850 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
852 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
853 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
854 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
856 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
860 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
861 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19775 2027))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
864 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
865 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
869 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
870 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
872 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
873 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
874 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
875 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
877 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
878 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
880 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
882 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
886 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
887 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19775 2029))
888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
890 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
891 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
892 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
893 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
894 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
897 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
898 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
899 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
902 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
903 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
904 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
905 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
909 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
910 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
914 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
915 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
916 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
922 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
926 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
927 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
928 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
929 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
930 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
931 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
933 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
935 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
936 Toggle checking of appointments.
937 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
938 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
944 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
945 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
946 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19775 2027))
947 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
949 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
950 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
951 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
952 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
954 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
955 kind of objects to search.
957 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
959 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
960 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
961 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
962 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
963 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
964 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
966 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
969 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
971 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
973 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
974 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
975 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
976 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
977 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
978 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
980 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
981 noninteractive functions.
983 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
984 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
986 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
987 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
989 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
991 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
992 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
994 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
996 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
997 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
998 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
999 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1007 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1009 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1011 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1013 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1014 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1015 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1016 thus be found in `load-history'.
1020 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1021 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1022 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1023 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1024 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1025 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1027 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1028 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1029 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1031 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1033 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1034 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1035 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1036 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1037 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1038 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1040 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1041 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1043 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1045 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1049 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19775
1051 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1053 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1054 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1055 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1056 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1057 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1058 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1060 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1061 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1064 \\{archive-mode-map}
1066 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1070 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19775 2027))
1071 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1073 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1074 Major mode for editing arrays.
1076 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1077 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1078 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1080 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1082 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1083 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1084 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1086 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1087 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1088 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1089 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1092 Variables you assign:
1093 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1094 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1095 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1096 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1097 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1098 row numbers in the buffer.
1100 Variables which are calculated:
1101 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1102 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1104 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1105 take a numeric prefix argument):
1107 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1108 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1109 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1110 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1112 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1113 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1114 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1115 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1117 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1118 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1119 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1120 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1122 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1123 between that of point and mark.
1125 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1126 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1128 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1129 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1130 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1131 newlines inside rows)
1133 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1135 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1141 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19775
1143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1145 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1147 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1148 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1149 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1151 How to quit Artist mode
1153 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1156 How to submit a bug report
1158 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1161 Drawing with the mouse:
1164 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1165 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1169 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1172 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1173 --------------------------------------------------------------
1174 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1176 --------------------------------------------------------------
1177 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1178 --------------------------------------------------------------
1179 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1180 --------------------------------------------------------------
1181 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1182 --------------------------------------------------------------
1183 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1186 --------------------------------------------------------------
1187 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1188 --------------------------------------------------------------
1189 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1194 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 --------------------------------------------------------------
1200 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1201 --------------------------------------------------------------
1203 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1206 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1207 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1208 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1209 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1212 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1213 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1214 overwrite means the opposite.
1216 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1217 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1218 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1220 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1222 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1223 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1225 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1226 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1227 are currently drawing something.
1229 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1233 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1234 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1239 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1241 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1243 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1245 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1247 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1248 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1250 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1255 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1256 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1257 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1258 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1259 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1260 When pasting: Pastes
1262 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1264 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1266 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1267 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1268 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1269 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1270 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1271 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1276 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1277 of the line/poly-line
1279 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1280 of the line/poly-line
1285 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1287 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1289 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1290 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1291 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1292 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1293 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1294 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1295 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1296 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1297 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1298 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1299 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1300 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1302 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1303 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1304 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1305 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1306 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1311 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1312 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1314 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1315 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1316 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1317 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1318 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1319 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1320 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1321 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1322 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1323 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1324 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1325 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1326 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1327 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1328 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1329 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1330 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1331 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1332 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1336 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1337 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1344 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1348 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19780
1350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1352 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1353 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1354 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1356 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1357 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1358 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1359 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1361 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1362 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1364 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1365 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1367 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1377 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
1378 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1380 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1381 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1382 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1384 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1386 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1387 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1388 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1389 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1390 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1391 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1392 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1393 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1394 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1395 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1398 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1399 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1400 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1401 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1402 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1404 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1408 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1409 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1410 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1413 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1415 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1417 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1418 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1419 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1420 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1421 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1422 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1424 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1431 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1434 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1435 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1442 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19780 4512))
1443 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1445 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1446 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1447 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1451 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1452 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1453 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1454 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1456 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1458 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1459 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1460 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1463 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1465 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1467 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1468 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1469 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1470 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1472 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1473 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1479 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1480 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1481 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
1482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1484 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1486 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1488 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1489 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1490 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1491 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1492 save the buffer too.
1494 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1496 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1498 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1499 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1500 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1501 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1502 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1503 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1505 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1506 directory or directories specified.
1508 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1510 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1511 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1512 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1519 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1520 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19775 2027))
1521 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1523 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1524 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1526 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1527 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1528 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1529 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1530 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1534 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1535 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1537 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1538 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1542 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1543 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1544 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1546 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1547 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1548 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1549 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1550 reflected in the current buffer.
1552 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1553 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1554 writing before you save the file!
1556 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1560 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1561 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1563 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1564 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1568 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1569 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1570 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1573 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1575 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1577 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1578 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1579 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1580 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1582 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1583 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1584 to revert a particular buffer.
1586 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1587 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1588 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1589 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1590 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1592 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1593 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1594 specifies in the mode line.
1596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1600 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1601 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19775 2027))
1602 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1604 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1605 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1606 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1608 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1610 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1612 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1613 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1614 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1615 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1617 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1618 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1619 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1621 Effects of the different modes:
1622 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1623 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1624 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1625 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1626 a random distance & direction.
1627 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1628 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1629 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1631 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1633 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1634 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1635 definition of \"random distance\".)
1637 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1642 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1644 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1646 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1647 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1648 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1649 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1653 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1654 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1655 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1658 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1660 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1662 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1663 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1664 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1665 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1666 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1673 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1674 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19780 4513))
1675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1677 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1678 Time execution of FORMS.
1679 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1680 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1682 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1683 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1684 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1686 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1688 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1689 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1690 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1691 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1692 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1694 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1696 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1697 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1698 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1699 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1700 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1702 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1706 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1707 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19780 4514))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1710 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1711 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1712 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1713 of corresponding buffers.
1714 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1715 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1716 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1717 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1718 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1719 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1721 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1723 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1724 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1726 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1728 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1729 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1730 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1731 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1733 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1734 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1735 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1736 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1737 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1739 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1740 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1743 Special information:
1745 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1747 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1748 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1749 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1750 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1751 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1752 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1753 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1755 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1756 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1757 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1759 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1760 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1761 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1762 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1763 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1764 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1765 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1766 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1768 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1770 ----------------------------------------------------------
1771 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1772 if that value is non-nil.
1778 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1779 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1780 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1781 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1782 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1783 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1784 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1785 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1786 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1787 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1789 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1793 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1794 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1797 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1798 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1804 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1805 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1806 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1809 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1811 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1812 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1813 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1815 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1817 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1818 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1820 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1822 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1823 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1825 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19775
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1833 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1835 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1839 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1840 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1841 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1842 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1843 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1848 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1849 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1852 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1855 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1856 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1858 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1859 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1861 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1862 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1863 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1864 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1865 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1866 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1870 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1872 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1873 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1874 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1875 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1877 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1878 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1879 denoted by the letter `R'.
1881 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1882 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1883 denoted by the letter `H'.
1885 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1888 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1889 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1890 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1891 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1892 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1893 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1896 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1897 degree deflection it causes.
1900 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1901 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1902 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1903 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1905 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1906 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1907 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1910 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1911 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1924 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1925 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1926 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1927 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1928 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1929 emerging from the box.
1931 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1938 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1949 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1950 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1951 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1952 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1953 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19780 4512))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1955 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1956 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1957 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1959 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1960 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1961 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1962 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1963 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1964 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1965 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1967 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1968 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1969 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1971 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1972 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1973 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1974 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1975 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1978 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1979 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1980 yank successive words.
1982 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1983 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1984 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1985 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1986 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1988 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1989 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1990 the list of bookmarks.)
1992 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
1994 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
1995 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1996 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1997 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1998 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2001 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2002 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2003 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2004 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2006 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2007 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2009 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2010 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2011 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2013 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2018 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2020 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2021 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2023 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2024 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2025 after a bookmark was set in it.
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2029 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2030 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2032 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2033 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2035 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2037 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2039 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2040 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2041 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2042 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2044 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2045 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2046 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2048 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2049 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2052 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2054 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2055 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2056 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2058 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2059 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2060 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2063 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2065 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2066 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2068 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2069 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2070 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2071 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2072 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2073 probably because we were called from there.
2075 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2077 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2078 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2079 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2083 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2084 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2085 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2086 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2089 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2090 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2091 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2092 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2093 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2095 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2096 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2097 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2098 `bookmark-default-file'.
2100 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2102 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2103 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2104 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2105 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2106 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2109 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2110 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2111 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2112 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2113 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2116 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2117 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2118 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2119 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2121 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2123 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2124 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2125 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2126 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2127 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2131 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2133 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2135 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2136 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2140 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2142 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2146 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2147 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2154 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2157 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2158 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2159 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2160 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2162 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2163 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2164 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2165 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2166 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2168 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2170 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2171 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2172 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2173 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2174 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2175 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2177 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2179 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2180 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2181 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2182 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2185 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2188 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2192 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2195 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2197 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2198 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2199 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2200 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2201 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2202 first, if that exists.
2204 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2206 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2207 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2208 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2209 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2215 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2216 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2217 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2222 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2225 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2230 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2232 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2233 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2234 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2235 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2237 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2238 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2239 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2241 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2242 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2244 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2246 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2248 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2249 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2251 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2252 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2253 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2254 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2256 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2257 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2258 new tab in an existing window instead.
2260 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2261 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2263 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2265 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2267 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2268 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2271 When called interactively, if variable
2272 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2273 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2274 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2275 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2277 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2278 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2279 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2281 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2282 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2284 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2285 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2286 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2287 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2288 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2289 URL in a new window.
2291 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2293 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2294 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2296 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2298 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2299 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2300 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2301 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2303 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2304 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2305 new tab in an existing window instead.
2307 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2308 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2312 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2313 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2315 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2317 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2318 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2319 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2320 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2322 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2323 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2324 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2325 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2328 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2332 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2333 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2336 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2337 program is invoked according to the variable
2338 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2340 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2341 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2342 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2343 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2345 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2346 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2348 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2350 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2351 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2352 Default to the URL around or before point.
2354 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2355 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2356 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2358 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2359 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2360 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2361 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2364 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2366 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2368 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2369 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2370 Default to the URL around or before point.
2372 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2373 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2374 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2383 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2384 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2390 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2391 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2392 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2393 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2395 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2397 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2398 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2399 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2400 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2401 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2405 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2406 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2414 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2415 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2416 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2417 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2422 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2423 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2426 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2428 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2430 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2431 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2432 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2433 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2434 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2435 don't offer a form of remote control.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Default to the URL around or before point.
2443 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2445 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2446 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2447 Default to the URL around the point.
2449 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2450 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2452 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2453 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19775
2461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2463 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2464 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2468 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2469 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2475 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2476 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19775 2027))
2477 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2479 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2480 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2481 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2482 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2486 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2487 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2488 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2489 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2493 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2494 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2498 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2499 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2501 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2502 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2503 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2504 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2506 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2507 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2508 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2509 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2510 name of buffer configuration.
2516 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19775 2029))
2517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2519 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2521 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2522 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2523 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2524 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2525 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2526 columns on its right towards the left.
2528 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2529 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2530 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2531 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2537 ;;;### (autoloads (list-buffers) "buff-menu" "buff-menu.el" (19775
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from buff-menu.el
2541 (define-key ctl-x-map "\x02" 'list-buffers)
2543 (autoload 'list-buffers "buff-menu" "\
2544 Display a list of names of existing buffers.
2545 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'.
2546 Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted.
2547 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
2549 For more information, see the function `buffer-menu'.
2551 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2556 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19775 2029))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2559 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2561 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2562 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2567 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2574 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2575 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2576 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2577 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19775 2028))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2579 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2580 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2581 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2583 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2585 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2586 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2587 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2588 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2589 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2590 else the global value will be modified.
2592 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2594 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2595 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2596 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2597 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2598 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2599 else the global value will be modified.
2601 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2603 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2604 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2605 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2607 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2609 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2610 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2611 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2612 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2614 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2615 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2616 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2617 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2618 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2621 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2622 that already has a `.elc' file.
2624 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2625 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2627 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2628 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2629 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2630 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2631 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2632 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2634 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2636 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2637 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2638 Print the result in the echo area.
2639 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2643 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2644 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2645 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2647 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2649 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2650 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2651 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2652 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2653 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2654 all functions called by those functions.
2656 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2657 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2660 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2661 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2662 invoked interactively.
2664 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2666 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2667 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2668 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2669 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2673 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2674 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2675 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2676 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2677 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2678 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2679 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2682 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2684 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2685 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2686 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2687 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2689 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2690 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2691 and corresponding effects.
2693 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19775
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2701 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2703 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19775 2027))
2708 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2710 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2712 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2714 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2718 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2719 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2722 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2723 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2724 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2725 from the cursor position.
2727 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2729 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2733 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2734 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2735 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19775
2737 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2738 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2740 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2741 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2745 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2746 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2748 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2751 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2753 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2755 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2756 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2760 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2761 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2762 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2763 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2765 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2767 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2768 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2769 This is most useful in the X window system.
2770 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2771 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2773 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2776 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2777 See calc-keypad for details.
2779 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2782 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2784 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2787 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2789 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2791 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2792 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2794 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2796 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2797 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2798 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2800 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2802 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2803 Define Calc function.
2805 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2806 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2807 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2809 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2810 actual Lisp function name.
2812 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2814 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2816 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2820 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19775
2822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2824 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19775
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2835 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19780
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2847 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2848 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2849 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2850 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2851 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2852 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2854 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2855 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2856 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2857 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2858 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2859 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2860 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2861 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2864 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2865 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2867 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2868 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2869 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2870 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2871 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2872 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2874 Runs the following hooks:
2876 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2877 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2878 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2879 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2881 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2887 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2888 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19775 2028))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2891 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2892 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2894 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2896 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2897 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2898 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2906 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2909 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2910 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2912 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2913 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2914 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2915 restriction to ASCII.
2917 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2922 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2923 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2924 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2926 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2927 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2928 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2929 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2930 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2931 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2932 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2934 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2935 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19780
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2944 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2948 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2949 ;;;;;; (19780 45051))
2950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2952 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2953 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2959 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2960 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2961 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2964 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2965 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2966 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2967 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2968 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2969 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2970 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2972 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2974 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2975 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2985 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2986 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2987 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2988 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2989 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2990 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2992 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2994 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2995 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3002 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3003 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3005 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3006 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3007 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3008 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3009 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3010 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3013 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3015 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3016 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3023 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3024 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3025 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3027 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3028 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3029 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3030 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3031 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3032 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3035 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3037 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3038 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3045 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3046 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3047 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3049 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3050 Major mode for editing Java code.
3051 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3052 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3053 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3054 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3057 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3059 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3060 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3067 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3068 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3071 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3072 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3073 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3074 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3075 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3076 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3079 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3081 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3082 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3089 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3090 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3091 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3092 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3094 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3095 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3096 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3097 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3098 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3099 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3102 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3104 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3105 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3111 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3114 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3115 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3116 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3121 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19780 4514))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3124 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3125 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3126 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3127 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3129 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3131 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3132 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3135 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3136 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3137 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3138 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3141 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3142 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3143 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3144 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3147 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3150 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3151 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3152 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3154 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3156 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3157 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3158 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3160 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3162 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3163 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3164 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3165 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3166 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3168 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19780 4514))
3173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3174 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3175 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3176 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3180 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3181 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3182 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
3183 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3185 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3186 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3188 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3190 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3191 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3193 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3195 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3196 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3198 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3199 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3200 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3201 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3204 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3206 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3208 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3209 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3211 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3212 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3216 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3217 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3218 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3219 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3220 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3223 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3224 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3225 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3226 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3228 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3229 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3232 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3234 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3236 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3239 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3240 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3242 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3243 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3244 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3247 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3249 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3250 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3251 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3253 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3255 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3257 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3258 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3260 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3264 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3266 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3268 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3269 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3272 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3273 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3276 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3278 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3279 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3280 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3281 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3282 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3283 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3284 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3285 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3286 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3287 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3288 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3289 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3290 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3291 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3292 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3293 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3296 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3297 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3299 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3300 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3302 | (write EXPRESSION)
3303 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3304 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3307 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3310 ;; Same as: (write string)
3312 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3313 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3314 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3317 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3318 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3319 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3320 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3321 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3322 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3324 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3325 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3327 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3330 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3331 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3332 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3334 ARG := REG | integer
3337 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3340 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3343 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3346 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3347 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3350 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3351 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3352 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3355 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3356 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3357 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3360 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3361 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3363 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3364 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3365 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3368 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3369 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3372 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3373 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3375 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3378 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3382 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3383 ;; Same meaning as C code
3384 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3386 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3391 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3392 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3395 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3396 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3400 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3404 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3405 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3406 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3408 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3409 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3410 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3412 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3413 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3414 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3415 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3416 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3419 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3421 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3423 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3424 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3425 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3426 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3427 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3428 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3432 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3433 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3434 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3436 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3438 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3442 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3443 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3446 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3447 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3448 There are no special keybindings by default.
3450 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3451 to the action header.
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3458 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19775 2028))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3461 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3462 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3463 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3467 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3468 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3469 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3475 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3476 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3477 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3479 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3480 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3481 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3482 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3483 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19775 2028))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3485 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3486 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3487 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3488 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3489 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3491 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3496 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3497 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3498 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3499 the users will view as each check is completed.
3503 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3504 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3505 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3506 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3507 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3508 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3509 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3510 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3512 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3514 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3515 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3516 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3517 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3518 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3519 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3520 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3521 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3523 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3525 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3526 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3527 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3528 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3529 spacing are all verified.
3533 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3534 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3535 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3536 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3537 otherwise stop after the first error.
3539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3541 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3542 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3543 Only documentation strings are checked.
3544 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3545 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3548 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3550 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3551 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3552 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3553 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3554 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3556 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3558 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3559 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3560 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3561 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3566 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3567 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3568 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3569 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3571 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3573 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3575 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3576 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3577 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3581 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3582 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3583 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3584 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3585 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3589 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3590 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3591 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3592 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3593 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3594 space at the end of each line.
3596 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3598 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3599 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3600 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3601 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3603 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3605 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3606 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3607 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3608 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3612 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3613 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3614 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3615 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3617 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3620 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3621 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3622 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3627 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3628 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3629 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3631 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3633 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3634 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3635 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3636 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3638 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3641 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3642 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3643 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3645 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3647 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3648 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3649 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3650 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3652 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3655 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3656 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3657 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3659 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3661 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3662 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3663 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3666 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3667 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3668 checking of documentation strings.
3670 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3676 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3677 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3678 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19780 4513))
3679 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3681 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3682 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3683 Return the length of resulting text.
3685 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3687 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3688 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3692 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3693 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3694 Return the length of resulting text.
3696 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3698 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3699 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3703 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3708 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3711 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3715 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3716 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19775 2027))
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3719 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3720 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3721 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3722 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3723 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3724 editing and the result is evaluated.
3726 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3729 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3730 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3731 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3732 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3734 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3738 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3739 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3740 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3741 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3742 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3744 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3745 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3746 \\{command-history-map}
3748 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3749 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19775 2028))
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3758 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3759 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3760 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3761 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3762 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3763 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3765 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3766 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3770 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3771 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3774 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3775 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3776 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3777 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3778 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3779 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3780 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3783 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3784 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3785 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3788 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3789 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3791 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3792 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3793 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3794 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3795 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3796 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3797 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3798 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3799 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3800 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3801 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3802 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3804 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3805 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3806 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3808 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3809 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3810 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3813 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3815 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3817 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3819 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3820 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3822 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3823 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3825 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3826 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3827 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3828 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3829 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3830 value specified by their associated list element.
3832 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3834 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3835 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3836 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3838 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3839 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3840 * indent the first argument by 4.
3841 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3842 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3843 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3845 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3849 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3850 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
3851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3853 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3854 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3855 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3856 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3858 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3859 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3860 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3861 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3863 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3864 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3866 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19775
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3874 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3875 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3876 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3877 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3878 of `scheme-program-name').
3879 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3880 it is given as initial input.
3881 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3882 discards input when it starts up.
3883 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3885 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3888 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3892 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3893 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3894 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3895 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
3896 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3898 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3899 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3900 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3901 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3902 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3903 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3904 functions have already modified the buffer.
3906 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3908 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3909 either globally or locally.")
3911 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3912 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3913 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3914 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3915 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3916 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3917 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3918 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3919 process as its initial input.
3921 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3923 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3925 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3927 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3928 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3929 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3930 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3931 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3932 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3933 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3934 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3935 process as its initial input.
3937 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3939 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3941 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3943 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3944 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3945 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3946 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3947 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3948 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3950 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3952 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3953 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3954 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3955 directory tracking functions.")
3957 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3958 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3959 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3961 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3963 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3965 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3966 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3967 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3969 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3971 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3973 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3974 Send COMMAND to current process.
3975 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3976 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3978 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3980 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3981 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3982 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3983 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3985 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
3990 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
3991 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
3993 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3994 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3995 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3996 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3998 This command pushes the mark in each window
3999 at the prior location of point in that window.
4000 If both windows display the same buffer,
4001 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4002 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4004 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4005 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4006 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4007 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4008 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4009 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4010 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4013 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4014 this command work in interlaced mode:
4015 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4016 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4017 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4019 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4023 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4024 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4025 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4026 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4027 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19780
4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4031 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4032 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4034 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4036 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4037 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4038 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4039 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4040 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4041 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4042 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4044 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4046 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4047 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4049 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4051 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4052 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4053 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4054 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4055 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4057 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4058 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4059 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4060 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4061 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4063 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4064 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4065 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4066 describing how the process finished.")
4068 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4069 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4070 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4071 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4072 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4074 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4075 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4076 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4078 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4080 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4081 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4082 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4083 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4085 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4087 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4088 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4090 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4091 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4093 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4095 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4096 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4097 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4098 (concat \"make -k \"
4099 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4101 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4102 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4104 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4105 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4106 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4107 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4109 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4111 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4112 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4113 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4114 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4116 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4117 and move to the source code that caused it.
4119 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4120 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4122 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4123 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4124 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4125 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4127 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4128 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4129 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4130 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4132 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4133 kills its subprocesses.
4135 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4136 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4137 to a function that generates a unique name.
4139 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4141 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4142 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4143 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4144 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4146 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4147 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4149 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4150 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4151 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4152 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4154 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4155 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4156 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4158 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4160 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4162 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4163 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4164 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4165 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4166 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4168 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4170 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4172 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4174 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4175 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4176 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4177 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4178 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4179 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4180 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4184 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4185 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4186 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4187 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4188 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4189 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4193 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4194 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4195 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4197 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4201 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4202 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
4203 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4205 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4206 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4207 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4210 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4212 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4214 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4215 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4222 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (19760
4224 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4226 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4227 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4228 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4229 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4231 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4233 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4234 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4235 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4236 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4239 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4240 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4242 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4243 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4247 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4248 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4249 With prefix arg, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if arg
4251 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4257 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4258 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4259 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4260 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
4261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4263 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4264 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4265 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4266 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4267 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4268 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4269 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4271 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4272 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4273 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4275 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4276 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4277 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4279 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4280 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4281 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4282 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4284 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4285 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4286 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4287 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4288 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4289 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4290 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4296 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4297 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4298 Comments start with `#'.
4299 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4301 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4311 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4312 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4313 Comments start with `;'.
4314 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4316 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4318 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4319 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4320 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4322 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4323 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4327 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4328 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4329 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4330 between `/*' and `*/'.
4331 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4333 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4334 // another kind of comment
4346 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4347 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4348 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4349 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4350 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4351 `conf-space-keywords'.
4352 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4353 in an interactive fashion instead.
4355 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4357 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4359 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4363 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4365 # Standard multimedia devices
4366 add /dev/audio desktop
4367 add /dev/mixer desktop
4371 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4372 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4373 See `conf-space-mode'.
4375 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4377 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4378 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4379 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4380 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4382 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4384 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4385 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4389 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4390 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4391 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4392 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4394 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4396 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4397 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4401 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4402 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4403 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4404 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4406 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4415 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4416 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19775 2029))
4417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4419 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4420 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4421 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4422 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4424 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4426 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4427 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4428 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4429 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4431 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4433 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4434 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4435 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4436 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4438 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4440 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4441 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4443 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4448 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19780
4450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4451 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4452 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4453 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4455 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4456 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4457 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4458 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4459 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4460 following the copyright are updated as well.
4461 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4464 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4466 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4467 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4468 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4469 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4470 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4474 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4475 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4477 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4479 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4480 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4481 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4483 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4487 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4488 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19775 2029))
4489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4490 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4491 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4492 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4493 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4494 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4495 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4496 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4498 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4499 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4500 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4501 Tab indents for Perl code.
4502 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4503 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4505 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4506 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4507 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4508 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4509 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4510 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4511 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4512 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4513 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4514 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4515 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4516 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4518 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4520 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4521 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4523 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4525 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4526 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4527 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4528 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4529 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4530 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4531 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4532 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4533 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4535 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4539 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4540 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4541 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4544 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4545 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4546 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4548 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4550 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4551 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4552 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4553 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4554 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4556 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4566 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4567 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4568 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4569 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4570 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4571 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4572 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4573 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4574 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4575 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4576 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4577 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4578 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4580 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4581 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4582 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4583 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4584 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4585 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4587 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4588 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4591 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4592 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4593 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4594 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4595 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4597 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4598 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4599 span the needed amount of lines.
4601 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4602 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4603 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4604 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4606 Variables controlling indentation style:
4607 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4608 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4609 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4610 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4611 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4612 `cperl-auto-newline'
4613 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4614 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4615 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4616 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4617 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4618 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4619 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4620 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4621 `cperl-indent-level'
4622 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4623 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4624 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4625 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4626 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4627 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4628 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4629 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4630 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4631 `cperl-brace-offset'
4632 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4633 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4634 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4635 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4636 `cperl-label-offset'
4637 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4638 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4639 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4641 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4642 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4643 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4644 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4645 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4646 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4648 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4649 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4650 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4651 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4653 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4654 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4655 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4656 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4657 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4658 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4659 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4661 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4662 column 0 is indented on
4663 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4665 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4668 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4669 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4670 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4674 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4675 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4679 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4680 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4686 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4687 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
4688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4690 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4691 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4692 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4693 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4694 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4698 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4699 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4705 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4706 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
4707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4709 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4710 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4711 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4712 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4715 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4717 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4719 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4720 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4721 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4725 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4730 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4733 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4734 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4735 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4736 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4738 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4739 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4740 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4741 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4743 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4744 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4745 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4747 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4748 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4751 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4752 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4753 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4755 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4757 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4758 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4759 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4761 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4765 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19775
4767 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4769 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4770 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4776 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4777 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4780 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4781 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4782 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4785 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4787 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4789 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4790 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4791 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4792 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4793 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4795 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4796 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4797 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4798 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4799 function of these prefix keys.
4801 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4802 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4804 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4805 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4806 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4808 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4809 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4810 the prefix fallback behavior.
4812 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4813 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4814 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4815 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4819 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4820 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4826 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4827 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4828 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4829 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4830 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4831 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4832 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4833 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4834 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4835 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4836 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
4837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4839 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4840 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4842 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4844 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4845 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4847 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4849 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4850 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4852 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4853 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4855 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4856 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4858 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4859 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4861 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4862 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4864 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4866 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4868 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4869 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4870 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4872 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4873 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4875 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4876 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4878 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4879 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4881 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4883 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4885 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4886 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4889 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4890 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4892 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4893 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4895 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4896 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4898 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4900 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4902 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4903 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4904 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4905 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4906 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4910 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4911 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4912 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4913 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4917 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4918 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4920 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4922 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4923 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4925 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4927 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4929 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4930 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4932 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4934 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4936 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4937 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4938 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4940 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4942 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4943 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4944 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4945 as part of Emacs itself.
4947 Each elements looks like this:
4949 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4951 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4952 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4953 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4954 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4955 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4956 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4957 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4960 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4962 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4963 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4964 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4965 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4966 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4968 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4969 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4970 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4971 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4973 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4975 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4976 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4977 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4978 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4979 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4981 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4982 that were added or redefined since that version.
4984 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4986 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4987 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4988 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4989 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4991 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4992 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4994 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4996 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4997 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4998 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5000 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5001 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5003 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5005 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5006 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5010 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5011 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5015 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5016 Customize all already saved user options.
5020 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5021 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5022 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5023 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5024 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5025 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5027 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5028 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5029 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5030 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5031 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5032 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5034 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5036 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5037 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5038 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5039 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5041 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5043 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5044 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5046 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5048 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5049 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5051 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5053 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5054 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5055 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5056 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5057 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5060 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5062 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5063 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5064 The result includes selecting that window.
5065 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5066 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5067 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5070 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5072 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5073 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5075 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5077 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5078 File used for storing customization information.
5079 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5080 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5081 it should be an absolute file name.
5083 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5084 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5085 something like the following in your init file:
5087 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5090 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5091 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5093 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5094 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5095 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5096 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5097 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5099 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5100 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5101 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5102 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5103 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5104 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5105 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5106 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5107 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5108 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5110 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5112 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5113 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5117 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5118 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5122 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5123 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5124 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5126 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5128 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5129 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5130 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5131 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5132 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5134 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5139 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19775 2028))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5142 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5143 Create or edit a custom theme.
5144 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5145 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5146 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5147 named *Custom Theme*.
5149 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5151 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5152 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5156 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5157 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5158 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5159 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5161 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5165 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5166 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
5167 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5169 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5170 Mode used for cvs status output.
5176 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5177 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19780 4514))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5180 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5181 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5183 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5185 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5186 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5187 C++ modes are included.
5189 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5193 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5196 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5197 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5201 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5202 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5203 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5205 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5206 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5208 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5210 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5211 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5212 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5214 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5215 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5216 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5222 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5223 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5224 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
5225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5227 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5228 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5230 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5232 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5233 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5235 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5237 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5238 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5239 For readability, the table is slightly
5240 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5242 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5243 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5244 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5245 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5246 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5248 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5252 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5253 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
5254 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5255 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5256 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5257 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5258 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5260 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5261 Completion on current word.
5262 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5263 and presents suggestions for completion.
5265 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5266 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5269 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5270 then it searches *all* buffers.
5272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5275 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5277 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5278 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5279 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5280 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5281 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5283 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5284 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5286 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5287 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5288 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5290 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5291 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5293 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5299 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5300 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
5301 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5303 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5304 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5306 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19775
5312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5314 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5315 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5316 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5317 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5318 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5324 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19775
5326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5328 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5329 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5331 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5332 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5333 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5335 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5336 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5337 Data lines are not indented.
5342 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5344 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5345 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5346 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5347 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5349 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5352 Extra indentation within blocks.
5354 dcl-continuation-offset
5355 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5358 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5360 dcl-margin-label-offset
5361 Indentation for a label.
5363 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5364 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5366 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5367 dcl-block-end-regexp
5368 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5369 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5370 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5371 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5372 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5374 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5375 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5376 Two such functions are included in the package:
5377 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5378 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5380 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5381 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5382 One such function is included in the package:
5383 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5385 dcl-tab-always-indent
5386 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5387 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5390 dcl-electric-characters
5391 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5394 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5395 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5396 which words trigger electric indentation.
5399 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5400 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5401 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5403 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5404 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5405 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5406 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5408 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5409 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5410 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5411 dcl-imenu-label-call
5412 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5414 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5415 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5416 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5420 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5422 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5423 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5424 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5426 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5427 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5431 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5432 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5433 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5434 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5435 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5436 \"lined up with the command line\"
5438 Data lines are not indented at all.
5439 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5444 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5445 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5451 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5452 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19775 2028))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5455 (setq debugger 'debug)
5457 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5458 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5459 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5462 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5463 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5464 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5466 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5468 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5469 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5471 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5473 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5474 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5475 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5476 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5477 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5478 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5480 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5481 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5483 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5485 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5486 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5487 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5488 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5489 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5491 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5495 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5496 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
5497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5499 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5500 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5504 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5505 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5506 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5507 Upper-case letters are commands.
5509 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5512 The most useful commands are:
5513 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5514 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5515 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5516 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5517 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5518 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5524 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5525 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19775
5527 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5529 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5530 Customization of `columns' group.
5534 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5535 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5537 START and END delimits the text region.
5539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5541 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5542 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5544 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5550 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19775
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5554 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5556 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5557 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5558 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5559 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5560 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5562 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5566 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5567 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5568 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5569 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5570 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5571 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5572 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5573 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5574 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5575 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5576 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5577 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5579 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5580 Directories to search when finding external units.
5581 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5582 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5586 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5587 Face used to color delphi comments.
5588 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5589 Face used to color delphi strings.
5590 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5591 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5592 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5593 Face used to color everything else.
5595 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5596 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5598 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5602 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19775
5604 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5606 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5608 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5609 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5610 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5612 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5613 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5615 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5617 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5618 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5619 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5620 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5622 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5623 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5624 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5631 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5632 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19775 2028))
5633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5635 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5636 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5638 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5640 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5641 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5642 or nil if there is no parent.
5643 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5644 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5645 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5646 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5647 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5649 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5650 arguments are currently understood:
5652 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5653 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5655 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5656 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5658 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5659 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5661 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5663 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5665 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5666 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5667 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5669 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5670 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5672 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5673 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5674 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5676 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5677 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5679 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5680 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5682 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5684 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5686 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5688 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5689 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5690 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5691 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5692 the first time the mode is used.
5694 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5699 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19775 2028))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5702 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5703 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5704 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5705 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5706 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5707 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5710 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5712 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5713 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5714 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5715 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5716 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5717 character composition information (if relevant),
5718 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5720 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5724 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5725 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5726 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5727 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19780 4513))
5728 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5730 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5731 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5732 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5734 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5736 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5737 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5738 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5739 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5740 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5741 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5745 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5746 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5747 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5748 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5750 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5752 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5753 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5754 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5756 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5757 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5758 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5760 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5761 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5763 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5764 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5765 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5767 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5768 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5769 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5770 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5772 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5774 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5775 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5777 Handlers are called with argument list
5779 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5781 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5783 desktop-file-version
5784 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5785 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5786 desktop-buffer-point
5788 desktop-buffer-read-only
5789 desktop-buffer-locals
5791 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5792 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5794 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5797 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5799 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5800 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5802 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5804 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5806 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5807 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5808 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5809 List elements must have the form
5811 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5813 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5816 Handlers are called with argument list
5818 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5820 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5822 desktop-file-version
5823 desktop-buffer-file-name
5825 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5826 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5827 desktop-buffer-point
5829 desktop-buffer-read-only
5832 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5833 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5836 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5839 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5841 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5842 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5844 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5846 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5848 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5850 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5852 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5853 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5854 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5858 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5859 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5860 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5861 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5862 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5864 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5867 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5868 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5872 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5873 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5874 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5875 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5876 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5877 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5878 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5879 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5881 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5884 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5885 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5889 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5890 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5891 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5892 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5895 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5897 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5898 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5902 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5903 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5910 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5911 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19780 4513))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5914 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5915 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5916 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5917 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5918 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5919 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5921 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5923 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5924 Repair a broken attribution line.
5925 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5927 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5930 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5931 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5932 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5934 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5937 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5944 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19775 2027))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5947 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5948 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5949 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5950 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5951 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5955 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5956 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5957 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5958 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5960 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5961 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5962 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5963 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5965 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5966 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5968 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5969 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5970 calendar-date-style 'european
5971 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5973 \(diary-mail-entries)
5975 # diary-rem.el ends here
5977 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5979 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5980 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
5987 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19775 2030))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
5990 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5991 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5993 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5995 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5996 The command to use to run diff.")
5998 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6000 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6001 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6002 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
6003 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
6004 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
6005 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6007 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6008 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6009 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6011 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6013 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6014 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6015 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6016 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6017 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6018 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6020 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6022 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6023 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6024 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6030 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6031 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
6032 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6034 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6035 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6036 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6039 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6040 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6041 headers for you on-the-fly.
6043 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6044 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6045 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6051 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6052 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6053 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6059 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19775 2029))
6060 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6062 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6063 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6064 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6066 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6070 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6071 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19780 4513))
6072 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6074 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6075 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6076 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6077 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6078 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6079 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6080 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6081 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6083 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6085 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6086 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6087 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6088 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6089 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6090 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6092 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6093 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6094 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6095 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6096 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6097 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6098 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6099 list of files to make directory entries for.
6100 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6101 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6102 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6103 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6105 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6107 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6108 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6110 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6111 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6113 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6114 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6116 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6117 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6119 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6121 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6122 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6124 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6126 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6127 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6128 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6129 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6130 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6131 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6132 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6133 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6134 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6135 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6136 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6137 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6138 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6139 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6140 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6141 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6142 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6143 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6144 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6145 to see why something went wrong.
6146 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6147 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6148 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6149 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6150 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6151 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6152 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6153 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6154 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6155 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6156 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6157 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6158 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6160 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6161 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6162 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6163 again for the directory tree.
6165 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6168 `dired-listing-switches'
6169 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6170 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6173 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6174 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6175 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6176 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6178 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6180 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6181 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6188 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6189 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6193 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6194 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
6195 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6197 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6198 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6199 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6200 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6201 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6202 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6203 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6207 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6208 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6209 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6211 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6213 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6214 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6216 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6220 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19775
6222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6224 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6225 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6226 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6227 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6228 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6229 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6231 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6235 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6236 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6237 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6238 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6239 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6240 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19780 4513))
6241 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6243 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6244 Return a new, empty display table.
6248 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6249 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6250 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6251 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6252 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6254 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6256 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6257 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6258 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6259 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6260 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6262 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6264 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6265 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6269 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6270 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6274 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6275 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6277 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6278 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6280 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6281 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6284 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6285 in the default way after this call.
6289 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6290 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6294 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6295 Display character C using printable string S.
6299 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6300 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6301 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6302 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6304 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6306 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6307 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6308 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6311 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6313 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6314 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6316 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6318 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6319 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6321 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6323 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6324 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6326 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6328 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6329 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6331 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6333 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6334 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6336 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6338 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6339 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6341 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6342 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6344 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6345 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6347 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6348 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6349 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6350 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6352 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6353 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6354 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6361 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6362 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
6363 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6365 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6366 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6367 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6368 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6369 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6370 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6371 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6378 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19780 4513))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6381 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6382 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6383 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6384 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6385 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6386 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6388 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6389 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6390 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6391 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6392 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6394 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6398 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6399 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19780 4514))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6402 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6403 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6404 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6405 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6406 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6407 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6408 table and its own syntax table.
6410 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6413 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6415 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6416 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6422 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6423 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19775
6425 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6427 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6428 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6429 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6430 OpenDocument format).
6432 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6434 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6435 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6437 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6438 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6440 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6441 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6442 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6446 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6447 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6448 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6449 to the next best mode.
6453 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6454 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6455 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6456 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6460 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6467 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19780 4514))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6470 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6471 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6477 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19775 2028))
6478 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6480 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6482 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6485 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6486 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6492 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19775 2029))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6495 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6496 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6503 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6504 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19775 2028))
6505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6507 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6509 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6510 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6511 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6512 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6514 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6515 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6516 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6517 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6518 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6519 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If KEYMAP is not a symbol,
6520 this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6522 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6523 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6524 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6525 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6526 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6529 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6530 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6531 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6532 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6533 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6534 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6535 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6536 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6537 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6538 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6539 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6540 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6541 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6542 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6543 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6544 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6545 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6547 For example, you could write
6548 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6549 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6552 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6554 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6556 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6558 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6559 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6560 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6561 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6562 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6563 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6564 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6565 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6566 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6567 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6568 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6569 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6571 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6572 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6573 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6574 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6575 call another major mode in their body.
6577 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6579 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6580 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6581 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6582 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6583 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6584 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6585 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6587 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6589 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6590 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6591 :inherit Parent keymap.
6593 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6594 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6596 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6598 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6599 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6600 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6601 the constant's documentation.
6603 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6605 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6606 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6607 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6609 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6613 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6614 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19775
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6618 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6619 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6621 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6622 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6623 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6625 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6626 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6630 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6631 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6635 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6636 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6640 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6641 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6643 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6645 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6647 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6649 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6650 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6652 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6655 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6657 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6659 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6663 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6664 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6665 computed automatically.
6666 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6670 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6672 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6673 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6674 keyboard equivalent.
6678 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
6679 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6683 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6684 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6688 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6689 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6693 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6694 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6698 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6702 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6703 radio: A radio button.
6704 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6705 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6707 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6711 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6712 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6716 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6718 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6719 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6720 as a solid horizontal line.
6722 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6724 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6726 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6728 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6731 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6733 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6734 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6735 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6736 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6738 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6740 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6741 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6742 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6743 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6744 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6745 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6747 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6748 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6749 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6751 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6752 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6753 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6755 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6756 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6758 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6762 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6763 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6764 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6765 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6766 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6767 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6768 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6769 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19775 2029))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6772 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6773 Customization for ebnf group.
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6780 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6782 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6785 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6787 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6789 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6790 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6792 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6793 killed after process termination.
6795 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6797 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6799 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6800 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6802 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6803 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6806 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6807 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6808 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6809 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6813 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6814 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6815 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6817 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6819 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6820 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6822 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6824 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6827 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6829 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6831 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6832 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6834 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6835 killed after process termination.
6837 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6839 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6841 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6842 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6843 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6844 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6846 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6850 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6851 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6852 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6854 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6856 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6858 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6859 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6861 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6863 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6866 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6868 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6870 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6871 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6873 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6874 killed after EPS generation.
6876 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6878 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6880 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6881 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6883 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6884 The EPS file name has the following form:
6886 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6888 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6889 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6891 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6892 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6893 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6894 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6895 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6897 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6902 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6903 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6905 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6906 The EPS file name has the following form:
6908 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6910 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6911 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6913 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6914 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6915 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6916 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6917 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6919 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6924 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6926 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6927 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6929 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6931 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6934 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6938 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6939 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6941 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6942 killed after syntax checking.
6944 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6946 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6948 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6949 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6958 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6959 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6963 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6964 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6966 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6970 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6971 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6973 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6975 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6977 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6980 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6984 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6985 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6987 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6989 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6991 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6992 Set STYLE as the current style.
6994 Returns the old style symbol.
6996 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7000 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7001 Reset current style.
7003 Returns the old style symbol.
7005 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7007 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7009 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7010 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7012 Returns the old style symbol.
7014 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7016 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7018 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7021 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7023 Returns the old style symbol.
7025 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7027 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7034 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7035 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7036 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7037 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7038 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7039 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7040 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7041 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7042 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7043 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19780
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7047 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7048 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7049 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7050 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7051 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7052 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7054 Tree mode key bindings:
7055 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7059 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7060 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7064 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7065 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7069 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7070 View declaration of member at point.
7074 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7075 Find declaration of member at point.
7079 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7080 View definition of member at point.
7084 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7085 Find definition of member at point.
7089 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7090 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7094 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7095 View definition of member at point in other window.
7099 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7100 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7104 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7105 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7109 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7110 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7114 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7115 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7119 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7120 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7121 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7122 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7125 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7128 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7129 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7130 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7132 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7135 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7136 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7137 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7142 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7143 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7145 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7147 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7148 Search for call sites of a member.
7149 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7150 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7151 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7152 looks like a function call to the member.
7154 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7157 Move backward in the position stack.
7158 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7162 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7163 Move forward in the position stack.
7164 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7168 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7169 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7173 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7174 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7178 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7179 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7180 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7181 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7183 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7185 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7186 Display statistics for a class tree.
7192 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7193 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
7194 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7196 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7197 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7198 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7199 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7201 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7202 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7203 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7205 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7206 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7207 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7209 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7211 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7217 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7218 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19775 2028))
7219 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7221 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7222 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7223 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7225 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7229 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7230 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
7231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7233 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7240 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19775 2027))
7241 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7243 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7244 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7245 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7248 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7250 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7252 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7253 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7254 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7255 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7257 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7258 an EDE controlled project.
7260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7264 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7265 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7266 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19775 2028))
7267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7269 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7270 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7271 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7272 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7273 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7275 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7276 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7277 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7278 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7280 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7282 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7283 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7284 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7285 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7287 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7289 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7290 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7291 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7292 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7294 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7296 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7298 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7299 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7300 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7301 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7302 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7304 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7305 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7306 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7307 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7308 instrumented for Edebug.
7310 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7311 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7312 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7313 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7318 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7319 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7323 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7324 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7330 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7331 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7332 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7333 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7334 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7335 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7336 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7337 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7338 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7339 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19775 2030))
7340 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7342 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7343 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7348 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7350 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7352 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7354 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7356 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7357 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7358 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7359 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7363 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7364 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7365 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7366 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7370 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7371 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7373 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7375 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7377 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7378 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7380 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7382 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7384 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7385 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7386 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7387 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7389 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7391 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7393 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7394 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7395 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7396 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7398 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7400 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7402 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7403 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7404 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7405 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7407 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7409 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7411 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7412 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7413 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7414 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7416 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7418 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7420 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7421 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7422 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7423 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7424 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7425 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7427 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7429 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7430 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7431 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7432 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7434 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7436 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7438 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7439 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7440 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7441 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7443 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7445 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7447 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7449 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7450 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7451 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7453 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7454 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7456 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7459 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7460 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7462 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7463 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7465 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7468 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7469 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7470 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7471 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7473 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7476 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7477 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7478 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7479 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7480 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7482 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7484 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7486 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7487 Merge two files without ancestor.
7489 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7491 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7492 Merge two files with ancestor.
7494 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7496 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7498 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7499 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7501 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7503 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7504 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7506 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7508 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7509 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7510 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7513 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7516 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7517 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7520 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7523 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7524 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7525 and don't ask the user.
7526 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7527 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7529 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7532 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7533 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7534 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7535 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7536 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7537 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7538 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7540 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7542 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7544 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7546 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7547 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7548 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7549 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7550 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7552 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7554 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7556 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7557 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7558 When called interactively, displays the version.
7562 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7563 Display Ediff's manual.
7564 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7566 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7571 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
7572 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7574 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "vc/ediff-hook.el" (19775 2030))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-hook.el
7584 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-misc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Miscellanea") menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-misc] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "This Window and Next Window") compare-windows :help ,(purecopy "Compare the current window and the next window"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Line-by-line...") ediff-windows-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Windows Word-by-word...") ediff-windows-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare windows word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Line-by-line...") ediff-regions-linewise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions line-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Regions Word-by-word...") ediff-regions-wordwise :help ,(purecopy "Compare regions word-wise"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Compare directory files with their older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "File with Revision...") ediff-revision :help ,(purecopy "Compare file with its older versions"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Directories...") ediff-directories3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to three directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Directories...") ediff-directories :help ,(purecopy "Compare files common to two directories simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Buffers...") ediff-buffers3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Three Files...") ediff-files3 :help ,(purecopy "Compare three files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Buffers...") ediff-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Compare two buffers simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Two Files...") ediff-files :help ,(purecopy "Compare two files simultaneously"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Revisions...") ediff-merge-directory-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the files in the same directory (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Revisions...") ediff-merge-revisions :help ,(purecopy "Merge versions of the same file (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories by comparing the files with common ancestors"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directories...") ediff-merge-directories :help ,(purecopy "Merge files common to a pair of directories"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] menu-bar-separator) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers by comparing their contents with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Buffers...") ediff-merge-buffers :help ,(purecopy "Merge buffers (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files with Ancestor...") ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor :help ,(purecopy "Merge files by comparing them with a common ancestor"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Files...") ediff-merge-files :help ,(purecopy "Merge files (without using ancestor information)"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a Buffer...") ediff-patch-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to the contents of a buffer"))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "To a File...") ediff-patch-file :help ,(purecopy "Apply a patch to a file"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Use separate control buffer frame") ediff-toggle-multiframe :help ,(purecopy "Switch between the single-frame presentation mode and the multi-frame mode"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "List Ediff Sessions") ediff-show-registry :help ,(purecopy "List all active Ediff sessions; it is a convenient way to find and resume such a session"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize Ediff") ediff-customize :help ,(purecopy "Change some of the parameters that govern the behavior of Ediff"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Ediff Manual") ediff-documentation :help ,(purecopy "Bring up the Ediff manual"))))
7588 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7589 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
7590 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7592 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7593 Display Ediff's registry.
7597 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7601 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7602 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19780 4514))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7605 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7606 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7607 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7612 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7613 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7614 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7615 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7621 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7622 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7626 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7627 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7628 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7630 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7631 Edit a keyboard macro.
7632 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7633 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7634 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7636 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7638 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7641 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7643 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7645 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7646 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7648 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7650 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7651 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7652 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7653 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7654 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7655 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7657 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7658 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7659 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7660 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7662 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7664 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7665 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7666 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7667 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7668 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7669 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7671 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7675 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7676 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19780 4513))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7679 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7681 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7682 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7684 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7686 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7687 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7693 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7694 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
7695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7697 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7698 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7699 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7700 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7701 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7702 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7703 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7705 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7706 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7708 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7709 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7710 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7711 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7713 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7714 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7715 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7717 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7718 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7719 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7721 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7723 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7726 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7731 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19775 2028))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7734 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7735 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7737 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7739 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7740 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7741 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7742 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7743 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7744 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7745 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7747 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7752 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7756 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7757 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7758 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7759 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7760 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7761 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7764 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7765 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7766 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7769 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7770 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7775 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19775 2028))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7778 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7779 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7781 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7782 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7783 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7786 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7788 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7790 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7791 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7792 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7796 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7797 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7798 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7801 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7803 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7805 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7806 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7810 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7811 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7812 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7815 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7817 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7819 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7820 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7826 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19775
7828 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7830 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7831 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7833 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7834 an elided material again.
7836 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7843 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7844 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7847 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7852 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7853 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7854 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7856 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7858 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7859 Lint the current buffer.
7860 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7864 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7865 Lint the function at point.
7866 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7870 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7872 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7873 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7875 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7879 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7880 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19780
7882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7884 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7885 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7886 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7888 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7890 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7891 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7892 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7893 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7895 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7898 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7899 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7901 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7903 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7905 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7906 Display current profiling results.
7907 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7908 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7916 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7919 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7920 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7921 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7923 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7927 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7928 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7929 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7930 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7931 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19677 34570))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7934 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7935 Run Emerge on two files.
7937 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7940 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7942 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7944 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7945 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7947 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7949 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7950 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7952 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7959 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7964 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7967 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7969 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7972 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7974 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7975 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7977 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7980 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7982 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7987 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7992 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19775 2030))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7995 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7996 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7997 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7998 text/enriched format.
7999 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8001 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8002 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8006 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8010 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8013 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8015 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8022 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8023 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8024 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8025 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8026 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8027 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19780
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8031 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8032 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8034 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8036 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8037 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8039 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8041 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8042 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8043 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8044 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8045 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8046 the keys are listed.
8047 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8049 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8051 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8056 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8061 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8062 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8064 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8066 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8067 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8069 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8072 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8074 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8075 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8076 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8077 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8078 should consider using the string based counterpart
8079 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8080 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8084 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8085 (decode-coding-string
8086 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8091 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8092 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8094 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8095 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8097 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8099 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8100 Verify the current region between START and END.
8102 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8103 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8104 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8105 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8106 should consider using the string based counterpart
8107 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8108 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8112 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8113 (decode-coding-string
8114 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8119 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8120 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8121 between START and END.
8123 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8124 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8126 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8129 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8131 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8132 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8133 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8134 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8135 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8136 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8140 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8143 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8145 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8148 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8150 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8151 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8152 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8153 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8154 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8155 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8159 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8162 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8165 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8168 Delete selected KEYS.
8170 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8172 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8173 Import keys from FILE.
8177 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8178 Import keys from the region.
8180 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8182 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8183 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8184 between START and END.
8186 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8188 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8189 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8191 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8194 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8200 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8201 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19775 2028))
8202 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8204 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8205 Decrypt marked files.
8209 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8210 Verify marked files.
8214 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8219 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8220 Encrypt marked files.
8226 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8227 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19775 2028))
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8230 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8233 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8235 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8240 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8247 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8248 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8249 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19775 2028))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8252 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8253 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8258 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8259 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8261 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8265 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8266 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8267 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8269 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8273 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8274 Sign the current buffer.
8275 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8277 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8279 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8281 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8282 Encrypt the current buffer.
8283 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8285 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8287 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8290 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8291 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8293 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8297 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8298 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8299 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8302 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8304 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8306 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8307 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8313 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19780 4513))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8316 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8317 Return a context object.
8319 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8324 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19775 2028))
8325 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8327 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8328 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8332 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8333 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8335 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8337 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8338 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8340 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8344 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8345 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19775 2028))
8346 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8348 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8349 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8353 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8354 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8355 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8357 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8359 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8360 (server (erc-compute-server))
8361 (port (erc-compute-port))
8362 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8364 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8366 That is, if called with
8368 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8370 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8371 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8372 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8374 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8376 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8378 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8379 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8380 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8381 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8383 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19780
8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8390 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19775 2028))
8395 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8396 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19775 2028))
8401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8402 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19780 4513))
8407 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8408 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8412 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8413 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19780 4513))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8415 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8417 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8418 Parser for /dcc command.
8419 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8420 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8421 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8423 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8425 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8426 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8430 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8431 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8433 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8434 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8435 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8438 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8442 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8443 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8444 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8445 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8446 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8449 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8450 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8452 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8455 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8456 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8457 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8459 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8461 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8464 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8466 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8467 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8469 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8471 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8472 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8474 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8476 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8477 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8479 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8481 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8482 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8484 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8486 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8487 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8489 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8491 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8492 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8494 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8496 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8497 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8501 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8502 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8508 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19775
8510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8511 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8513 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8514 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8515 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19775
8523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8524 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8528 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8529 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19775 2028))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8531 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8533 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8534 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8535 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8536 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8537 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8538 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8541 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8543 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8546 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8550 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8551 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8554 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19775 2028))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8563 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19775 2028))
8568 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8569 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8573 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8574 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19775 2028))
8575 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8576 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8578 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8579 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8580 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8581 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8582 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8583 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8587 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8588 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8589 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8590 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8592 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8593 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8596 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8597 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8599 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8603 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8604 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8605 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8606 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8608 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8610 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8611 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8615 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8616 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8620 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8621 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8625 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8626 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8630 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8631 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8635 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8636 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8640 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8641 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8645 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8646 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19775 2028))
8653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8654 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8658 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8659 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8661 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8663 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8671 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19775 2028))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8674 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8675 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8676 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8677 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8681 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8682 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8688 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8689 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19775 2028))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8691 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8693 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8694 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8695 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8696 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8698 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8700 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19775 2028))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8709 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19775
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8716 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19775 2028))
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8722 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19775 2028))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8728 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8732 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8733 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19775 2028))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8737 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8738 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8742 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8743 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8744 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8746 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19775 2028))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8752 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8756 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8757 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8760 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8761 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8762 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19775
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8771 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19780 4513))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8777 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8782 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8785 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8786 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8787 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8789 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8791 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8792 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8795 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8796 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8797 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8800 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8804 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8805 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19775 2028))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8809 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8810 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8811 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8812 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8814 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8817 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8818 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8825 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8829 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8830 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
8837 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
8838 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (19775 2028))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
8841 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
8842 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
8844 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
8845 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
8847 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
8850 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
8852 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
8853 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
8854 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
8856 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
8858 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
8860 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
8862 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
8864 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8866 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
8867 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
8869 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
8870 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
8871 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
8872 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
8874 Returns the stats object.
8876 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8878 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
8879 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
8881 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
8882 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
8883 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
8886 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
8888 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
8889 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
8891 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
8892 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
8893 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
8894 and how to display message.
8896 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
8898 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
8900 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
8901 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
8903 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
8907 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
8908 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
8911 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
8913 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
8914 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19775
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8924 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8925 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8933 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19775
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8937 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8938 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8944 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8945 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19775 2028))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8948 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8949 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8950 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8951 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8952 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8953 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8954 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8955 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8956 buffer selected (or created).
8958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8960 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8961 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8962 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8964 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8966 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8967 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8968 The result might be any Lisp object.
8969 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8970 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8971 corresponding to a successful execution.
8973 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8975 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8979 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8980 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8981 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8982 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8983 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8984 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8985 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8986 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8989 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8990 *File name of tags table.
8991 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8992 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8993 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8994 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8995 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8997 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8998 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8999 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9000 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9002 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9004 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9005 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9006 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9007 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9008 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9009 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9011 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9013 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9014 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9015 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9016 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9017 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9018 `auto-compression-mode').")
9020 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9022 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9023 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9024 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9025 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9026 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9028 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9030 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9031 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9032 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9033 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9035 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9037 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9038 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9039 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9040 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9041 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9043 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9045 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9046 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9050 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9051 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9052 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9053 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9055 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9056 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9057 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9058 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9059 file the tag was in.
9061 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9063 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9064 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9065 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9066 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9067 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9068 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9069 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9070 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9071 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9073 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9075 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9076 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9077 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9078 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9079 without directory names.
9082 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9083 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9086 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9088 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9089 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9090 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9091 but does not select the buffer.
9092 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9094 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9095 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9096 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9097 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9098 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9100 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9102 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9103 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9104 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9106 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9108 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9110 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9111 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9112 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9113 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9115 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9116 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9117 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9118 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9119 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9121 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9123 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9124 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9125 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9127 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9129 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9130 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9132 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9133 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9134 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9135 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9136 around or before point.
9138 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9139 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9140 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9141 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9142 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9144 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9146 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9147 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9148 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9150 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9152 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9153 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9155 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9156 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9157 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9158 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9159 around or before point.
9161 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9162 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9163 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9164 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9165 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9167 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9169 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9170 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9171 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9173 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9175 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9176 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9178 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9179 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9180 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9182 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9183 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9184 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9185 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9186 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9188 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9190 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9191 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9192 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9194 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9196 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9197 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9198 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9200 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9201 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9203 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9204 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9205 where they were found.
9209 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9210 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9212 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9213 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9214 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9216 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9217 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9219 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9220 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9222 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9224 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9225 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9226 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9227 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9229 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9230 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9231 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9232 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9233 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9235 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9236 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9238 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9239 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9240 Stops when a match is found.
9241 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9243 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9245 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9247 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9248 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9249 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9250 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9251 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9252 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9253 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9254 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9256 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9257 produce the list of files to search.
9259 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9261 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9264 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9265 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9266 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9267 directory specification.
9269 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9271 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9272 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9274 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9276 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9277 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9278 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9279 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9283 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9284 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9285 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9286 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9287 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9293 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9294 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9295 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9296 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9297 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9298 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9299 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9300 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9303 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9308 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9309 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9311 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9312 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9314 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9315 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9318 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9319 even if the buffer is read-only.
9321 See also the descriptions of the variables
9322 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9324 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9327 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9329 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9330 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9332 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9333 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9336 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9337 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9339 See also the descriptions of the variables
9340 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9342 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9344 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9345 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9346 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9347 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9349 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9351 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9352 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9353 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9354 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9356 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9357 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9360 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9361 buffer is read-only.
9363 See also the descriptions of the variables
9364 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9365 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9367 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9369 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9370 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9372 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9373 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9375 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9376 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9377 the primary language.
9379 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9380 buffer is read-only.
9382 See also the descriptions of the variables
9383 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9384 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9386 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9388 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9389 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9390 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9392 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9394 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9395 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9399 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9400 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9402 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9403 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9406 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9407 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9408 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9410 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9412 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9414 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9415 This function is deprecated.
9419 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9420 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9424 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9425 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9429 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9430 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9432 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9433 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9435 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9436 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9440 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9441 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9445 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9446 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9450 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9451 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9455 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9456 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9457 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9461 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9464 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9468 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9469 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9470 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9473 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9474 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9475 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9476 server for future sessions.
9478 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9480 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9481 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9482 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9484 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9486 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9487 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9488 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9490 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9492 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9493 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9494 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9495 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9496 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9497 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9498 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9499 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9500 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9501 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9502 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9503 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9505 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9507 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9508 Display a form to query the directory server.
9509 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9510 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9512 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9514 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9515 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9516 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9520 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9524 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9525 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9526 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19775 2029))
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9529 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9530 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9532 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9534 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9535 Display URL and make it clickable.
9539 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9540 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9542 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9544 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9545 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9547 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9549 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9550 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9552 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9554 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9555 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9557 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9561 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9562 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19775 2029))
9563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9565 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9566 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9567 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9571 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9572 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9578 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9579 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
9580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9582 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9583 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9589 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19775
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9593 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9594 Create an empty ewoc.
9596 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9598 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9599 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9600 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9601 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9602 `insert-before-markers'.
9604 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9605 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9606 respectively, of the ewoc.
9608 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9609 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9610 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9612 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9617 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9618 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9619 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9622 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9623 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9624 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9626 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9628 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9629 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9630 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9631 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9632 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9634 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9636 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9637 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9638 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9639 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9640 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9643 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9645 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9646 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9647 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9651 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9652 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9653 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9661 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9662 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9665 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9666 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9667 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9668 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9670 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9672 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9673 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9674 to generate such functions.
9676 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9677 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9678 beginning of the expanded text.
9680 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9681 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9682 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9683 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9685 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9687 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9689 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9690 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9691 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9695 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9696 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9697 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9701 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9702 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9703 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9706 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9707 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9711 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19775 2029))
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9714 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9715 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9716 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9718 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9719 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9720 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9722 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9727 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9730 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9732 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9734 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9735 `f90-program-indent'
9736 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9738 `f90-continuation-indent'
9739 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9740 `f90-comment-region'
9741 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9742 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9743 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9744 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9746 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9747 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9748 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9749 `f90-break-delimiters'
9750 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9751 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9752 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9753 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9755 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9756 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9758 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9759 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9760 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9761 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9762 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9763 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9765 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9767 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9768 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9774 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9775 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9776 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9777 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19775
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9781 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9782 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9784 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9785 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9787 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9788 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9789 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9790 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9791 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9792 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9793 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9795 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9796 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9797 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9799 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9801 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9802 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9804 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9806 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9807 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9808 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9809 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9810 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9811 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9813 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9815 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9816 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9817 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9819 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9820 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9821 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9826 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9827 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9828 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9830 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9831 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9832 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9833 will remove any scaling currently active.
9837 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9838 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9839 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9842 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9843 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9844 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9845 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9847 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9848 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9850 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9851 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9853 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9854 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9855 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9857 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9858 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9859 is one of the above.
9861 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9862 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9863 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9864 will remove any scaling currently active.
9866 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9867 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9868 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9869 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9870 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9874 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9875 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9876 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9877 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9881 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9882 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9883 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9884 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9885 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9887 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9888 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9890 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9892 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9893 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9894 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9895 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9897 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9898 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9899 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9900 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9902 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9903 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9905 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9907 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9908 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9909 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9910 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9916 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9917 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9918 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19763 27286))
9919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9921 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9922 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9923 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9924 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9928 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9929 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9933 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9934 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9935 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9936 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9940 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9941 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9942 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9943 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9944 backup file names and the like).
9946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9948 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9949 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9950 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9951 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9952 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9953 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9954 internally by feedmail):
9956 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9957 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9958 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9959 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9961 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9962 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9963 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9964 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9965 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9967 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9971 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9972 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19775 2028))
9973 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9975 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9976 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9977 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9978 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9979 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9980 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9981 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9983 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9985 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9986 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9987 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9988 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9989 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9990 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9991 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9993 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9995 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9997 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9998 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9999 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10000 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10001 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10002 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10004 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10006 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10007 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10008 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10010 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10011 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10016 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10017 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10018 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10020 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10022 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
10023 Try to get a file name at point.
10024 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
10026 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10027 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10033 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10034 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10035 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10036 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19775 2028))
10037 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10039 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10040 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10041 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10042 be added to the cache.
10044 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10046 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10047 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10048 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10049 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10050 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10052 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10054 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10055 Add FILE to the file cache.
10059 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10060 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10061 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10063 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10065 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10066 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10067 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10069 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10071 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10072 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10073 This function does not use any external programs.
10074 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10075 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10076 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10078 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10080 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10081 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10082 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10083 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10084 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10085 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10086 \(directories) is done.
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10093 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10094 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10095 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10096 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19775 2028))
10097 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10099 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10100 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10102 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10103 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10104 Local Variables list.
10106 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10107 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10108 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10110 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10112 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10113 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10115 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10117 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10118 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10120 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10121 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10124 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10125 then this function adds it.
10127 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10129 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10130 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10132 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10134 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10135 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10137 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10139 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10140 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10142 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10144 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10145 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10149 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10150 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10154 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10155 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10161 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19780
10163 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10165 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10166 Filesets initialization.
10167 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19775 2028))
10174 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10176 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10177 Initiate the building of a find command.
10180 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10181 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10183 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10185 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10186 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10188 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10192 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10193 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10194 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10197 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (purecopy '("-ls" .
"-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld"))) "\
10198 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10199 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10200 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10201 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10203 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
10205 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
(purecopy "-al") "\
10206 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10207 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10208 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10209 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10211 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
10213 (defvar find-grep-options
(purecopy (if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10214 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10215 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10216 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10218 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
10220 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10221 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10222 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10224 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10226 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10227 as the final argument.
10229 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10231 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10232 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10233 and run dired on those files.
10234 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10235 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10237 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10239 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10241 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10242 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10243 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10245 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10247 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10249 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10253 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10254 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10255 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
10256 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10258 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10259 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10260 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10261 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10262 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10263 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10264 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10266 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10267 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10268 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10270 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10272 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10274 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10276 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10277 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10278 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10280 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10281 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10283 Variables of interest include:
10285 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10286 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10287 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10289 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10290 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10291 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10293 - `ff-ignore-include'
10294 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10296 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10297 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10300 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10302 - `ff-special-constructs'
10303 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10304 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10305 extracting the filename from that construct.
10307 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10308 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10310 - `ff-search-directories'
10311 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10312 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10314 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10315 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10317 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10318 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10320 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10321 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10323 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10324 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10326 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10327 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10329 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10331 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10332 Visit the file you click on.
10334 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10336 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10337 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10339 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10343 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10344 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10345 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10346 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10347 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10348 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10349 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19775 2028))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10352 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10353 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10354 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10356 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10358 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10359 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10360 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10361 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10363 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10364 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10365 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10366 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10368 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10370 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10371 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10373 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10374 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10375 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10376 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10378 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10379 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10382 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10384 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10385 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10387 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10388 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10389 places point before the definition.
10390 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10392 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10393 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10394 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10396 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10398 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10399 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10401 See `find-function' for more details.
10403 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10405 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10406 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10408 See `find-function' for more details.
10410 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10412 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10413 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10415 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10416 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10417 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10419 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10420 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10422 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10424 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10425 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10427 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10428 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10429 places point before the definition.
10431 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10433 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10434 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10435 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10437 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10439 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10440 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10442 See `find-variable' for more details.
10444 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10446 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10447 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10449 See `find-variable' for more details.
10451 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10453 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10454 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10455 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10456 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10457 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10458 buffer nor display it.
10460 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10461 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10463 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10465 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10466 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10468 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10469 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10470 places point before the definition.
10472 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10474 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10475 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10476 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10480 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10481 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10482 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10486 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10487 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10491 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10492 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10496 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10497 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10503 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10504 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19775 2028))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10507 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10508 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10510 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10512 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10513 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10517 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10518 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10520 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10524 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10525 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19775 2028))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10528 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10529 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10533 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10534 Display FILE's commentary section.
10535 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10539 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10540 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10546 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10547 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19775 2028))
10548 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10550 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10551 Toggle flow control handling.
10552 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10553 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10555 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10557 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10558 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10559 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10560 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10561 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10562 to get the effect of a C-q.
10564 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10568 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10569 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10572 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10577 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10580 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10585 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19780 4514))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10588 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10589 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10590 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10591 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10595 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10596 Turn flymake mode on.
10600 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10601 Turn flymake mode off.
10607 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10608 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10609 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19775 2030))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10612 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10613 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10616 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10618 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10619 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10620 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10621 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10622 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10623 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10624 otherwise turn it off.
10627 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10628 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10629 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10630 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10633 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10636 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10637 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10638 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10640 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10642 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10643 in your .emacs file.
10645 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10646 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10650 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10651 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10655 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10656 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10660 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10661 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10665 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10666 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10670 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10671 Flyspell whole buffer.
10677 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10678 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10679 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10682 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10683 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10687 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10688 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10692 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10693 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10695 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10696 of two major techniques:
10698 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10699 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10700 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10702 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10703 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10704 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10707 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10708 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10709 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10710 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10711 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10714 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10715 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10717 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10719 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10720 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10721 \(This is the default.)
10723 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10725 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10726 \\{follow-mode-map}
10728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10730 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10731 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10733 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10734 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10735 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10736 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10737 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10738 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10740 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10741 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10742 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10744 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10745 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10746 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "font-core" "font-core.el" (19780 4513))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-core.el
10755 (put 'font-lock-defaults
'risky-local-variable t
)
10759 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19775
10761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10763 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10764 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10765 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10766 started, play around with the following keys:
10767 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format" "format.el" (19780 4513))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from format.el
10776 (put 'format-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
10780 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10781 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19775 2028))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10784 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10785 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10787 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10788 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10789 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10790 C-c < forms-first-record <
10791 C-c > forms-last-record >
10792 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10793 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10794 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10795 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10796 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10797 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10798 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10799 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10800 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10801 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10803 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10805 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10806 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10810 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10811 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10818 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
10819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10821 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10822 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10823 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10825 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10826 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10828 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10831 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10833 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10835 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10836 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10837 `fortran-do-indent'
10838 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10839 `fortran-if-indent'
10840 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10841 `fortran-structure-indent'
10842 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10844 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10845 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10846 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10847 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10848 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10849 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10850 nil don't change the indentation
10851 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10853 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10854 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10855 depending on the continuation format in use.
10856 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10857 indentation for a line of code.
10859 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10860 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10861 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10862 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10863 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10864 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10865 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10866 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10867 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10868 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10870 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10871 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10872 statements (default nil).
10873 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10874 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10875 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10876 `fortran-continuation-string'
10877 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10878 line (default \"$\").
10879 `fortran-comment-region'
10880 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10881 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10882 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10883 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10884 as typed (default t).
10885 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10886 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10888 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10889 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10895 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10896 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19775 2029))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10899 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10900 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10902 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10903 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10905 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10907 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10908 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10910 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10911 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10913 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10915 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10916 Compile fortune file.
10918 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10919 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10921 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10923 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10924 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10926 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10927 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10928 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10929 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10931 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10933 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10934 Display a fortune cookie.
10935 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10936 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10937 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10938 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10944 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10945 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10948 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10949 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10951 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
10953 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
10954 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10955 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10956 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10958 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10959 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10960 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10961 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10963 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10964 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10965 shown in some of the buffers.
10967 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10969 The following commands help control operation :
10971 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10972 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10974 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10975 detailed description of this mode.
10978 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10980 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10981 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10985 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10986 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10987 | | (comint-mode) |
10994 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10995 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10996 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10997 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10998 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10999 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11001 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11005 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11006 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19775
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11010 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11011 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11012 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11013 instead (which see).")
11015 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11016 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11018 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11019 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11020 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11021 documentation string instead.
11023 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11024 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11025 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11026 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11027 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11028 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11029 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11030 enders are actually possible.
11032 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11033 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11035 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11036 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11037 `font-lock-keywords'.
11039 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11040 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11041 runs the macro expansion.
11043 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11044 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11045 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11047 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11049 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
11051 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11053 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11054 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11056 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11058 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11059 Enter generic mode MODE.
11061 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11062 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11063 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11065 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11066 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11070 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11071 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11072 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11073 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11074 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11075 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11076 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11077 `font-lock-keywords'.
11079 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11083 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11084 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
11085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11087 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11088 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11089 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11090 at places they belong to.
11092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11097 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11098 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
11099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11101 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11102 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11103 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11105 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11107 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11108 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11110 Guideline for numbers:
11112 3 - non-serious error messages
11113 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11114 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11115 9 - messages inside loops.
11117 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11119 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11120 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11121 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11123 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11125 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11126 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11128 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11130 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11131 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11133 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11134 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11135 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11136 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11137 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11138 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11140 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11141 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11142 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11143 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11144 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11146 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11148 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11153 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19780 4513))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11155 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11156 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11158 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11159 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11163 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11165 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11166 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11167 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11168 name of an NNTP server to use.
11169 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11172 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11174 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11175 Read news as a slave.
11177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11179 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11180 Pop up a frame to read news.
11181 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11182 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11183 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11184 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11185 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11186 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11187 current display is used.
11189 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11191 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11193 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11194 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11195 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11197 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11201 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11202 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11203 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11204 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11205 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11206 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19775 2028))
11207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11209 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11210 Start Gnus unplugged.
11214 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11215 Start Gnus plugged.
11219 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11220 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11224 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11225 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11227 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11228 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11229 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11231 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11232 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11233 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11237 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11238 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11242 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11243 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11244 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11245 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11246 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11249 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11251 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11252 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11253 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11254 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11255 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11258 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11260 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11261 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11265 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11266 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11267 downloaded into the agent.
11269 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11271 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11272 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11273 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11274 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11276 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11278 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11279 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11283 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11284 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11288 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11289 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11290 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11292 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11296 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11297 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
11298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11300 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11301 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11308 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19780 4513))
11309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11311 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11312 Set a bookmark for this article.
11316 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11317 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11319 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11321 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11322 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11323 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11324 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11325 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11331 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11332 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11333 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19775
11335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11337 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11338 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11341 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11345 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11346 Generate the cache active file.
11348 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11350 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11351 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11355 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11356 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11357 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11358 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11359 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11362 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11364 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11365 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11366 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11367 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11368 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11371 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11376 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19780 4513))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11379 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11380 Delay this article by some time.
11381 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11383 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11384 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11386 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11387 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11389 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11390 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11392 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11394 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11395 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11399 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11400 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11401 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11402 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11404 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11405 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11407 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11411 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11412 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19775 2028))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11415 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11418 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11420 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11423 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11427 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11428 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11431 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11432 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11439 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11442 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11443 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11449 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11450 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11451 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19775
11453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11455 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11456 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11460 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11461 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11465 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11466 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11468 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11469 different input formats.
11473 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11474 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11476 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11477 different input formats.
11481 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11482 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11483 The PNG is returned as a string.
11485 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11487 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11488 Convert FILE to a Face.
11489 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11492 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11497 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19775 2028))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11500 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11501 Display gravatar in the From header.
11502 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11504 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11506 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11507 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11508 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11510 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11515 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19780 4513))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11518 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11519 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11520 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11521 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11523 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11525 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11526 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11528 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11532 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11533 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19775 2028))
11534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11536 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11539 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11541 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11544 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11548 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11549 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11552 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11554 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11555 Run batched scoring.
11556 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11563 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11564 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11567 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11572 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11573 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11574 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11576 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11578 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11579 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11581 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11587 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11588 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11589 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11592 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11593 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11594 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11595 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11598 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11599 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11600 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11601 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11603 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11604 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11605 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11606 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11607 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11608 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11609 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11610 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11611 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11612 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11614 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11616 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11617 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11618 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11621 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11622 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11624 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11626 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11627 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11628 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11630 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11634 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11635 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11636 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11638 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11640 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11641 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11642 existing groups are considered.
11644 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11645 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11648 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11649 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11650 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11651 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11652 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11653 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11654 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11655 clauses will be generated.
11657 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11658 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11659 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11660 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11661 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11662 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11664 For example, given the following group parameters:
11667 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11668 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11670 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11671 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11672 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11673 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11675 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11677 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11679 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11681 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11682 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11685 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11689 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11690 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19780 4513))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11693 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11694 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11695 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11696 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11698 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
11700 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11703 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11706 Like `message-reply'.
11708 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11710 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11714 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11715 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11716 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11719 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11720 Display picons in the From header.
11721 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11725 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11726 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11727 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11731 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11732 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11733 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11740 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11741 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11742 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19775 2028))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11746 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11747 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11748 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11749 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11751 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11753 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11754 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11755 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11758 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11760 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11761 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11762 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11764 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11766 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11769 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11772 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11773 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11775 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11777 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11778 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11779 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11781 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11783 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11785 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11786 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11787 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11789 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11791 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11792 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11793 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11795 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11797 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11798 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11799 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11801 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11803 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11804 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11806 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11810 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11811 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19775 2028))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11814 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11815 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11819 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11820 Install the registry hooks.
11826 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11827 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19775
11829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11831 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11832 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11833 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11834 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11835 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11836 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11840 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11841 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11842 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11843 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11844 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11848 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11855 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11856 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11859 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11860 Update the format specification near point.
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11867 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11870 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11871 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11873 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11878 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
11879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11881 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
11882 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11883 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11885 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11890 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19775 2028))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11893 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
11894 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11898 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
11899 Install the sync hooks.
11905 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11906 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11909 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11910 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11912 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11916 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19775 2029))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11919 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11920 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11922 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11923 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11924 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11926 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11927 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11928 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11930 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11931 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11933 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11934 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11936 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11938 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11943 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19775
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11947 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11949 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11950 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11951 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11952 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11953 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11955 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11957 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11958 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11959 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11961 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11962 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11964 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11965 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11968 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11970 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11971 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11975 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11976 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
11983 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19775 2028))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11986 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
11987 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11988 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11990 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
11992 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
11993 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
11995 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12000 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12001 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19780 4514))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12004 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12005 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12007 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12009 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12010 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12011 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12012 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12013 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12015 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12016 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12017 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12019 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12021 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12022 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12023 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12024 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12025 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12027 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12029 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12030 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12032 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12034 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12035 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12037 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12038 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12039 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12041 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12042 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12043 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12045 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12046 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12047 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12048 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12050 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12051 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12052 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12053 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12054 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12056 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12058 (defvar grep-history nil
)
12060 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
12062 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12063 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12064 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12068 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12073 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12074 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12078 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12079 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12080 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12081 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12084 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12085 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12087 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12088 can easily repeat a grep command.
12090 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12091 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12092 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12095 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12097 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12098 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12099 Collect output in a buffer.
12100 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12101 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12103 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12104 easily repeat a find command.
12106 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12108 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12110 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12111 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12112 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12113 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12114 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12116 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12117 before it is executed.
12118 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12120 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12121 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12122 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12124 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12126 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12128 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12129 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12130 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12131 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12132 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12134 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12135 before it is executed.
12136 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12138 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12139 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12140 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12142 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12144 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12146 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12147 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12148 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12149 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12151 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12153 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12157 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19775 2028))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12160 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12161 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12162 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12163 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12164 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12166 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12171 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19775 2029))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12174 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12175 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12176 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12177 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12179 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12181 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12182 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12183 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12184 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12186 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12188 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12189 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12190 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12191 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12193 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12195 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12196 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12197 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12198 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12200 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12201 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12203 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12205 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12206 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12207 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12208 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12210 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12212 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12213 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12214 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12215 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12217 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12219 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12220 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12221 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12222 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12223 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12225 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12226 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12227 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12228 original source file access method.
12230 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12231 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12233 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12234 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12236 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12237 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12241 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12242 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12243 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12244 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12245 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12246 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12248 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12250 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12251 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12253 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12257 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19775
12259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12261 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12262 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12263 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12264 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12266 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12267 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12268 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12269 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12275 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12276 ;;;;;; (19763 27287))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12279 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12280 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12282 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12284 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12285 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12286 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12287 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12289 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12293 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12294 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12295 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12296 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12303 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12304 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12305 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19780 4513))
12306 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12308 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12309 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12313 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12314 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12315 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12319 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12320 Verify a hashcash payment
12322 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12324 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12325 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12326 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12327 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12328 `mail-add-payment-async').
12330 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12332 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12333 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12334 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12335 Calculation is asynchronous.
12337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12339 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12340 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12341 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12348 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12349 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12350 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19775 2028))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12353 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12354 Return the help-echo string at point.
12355 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12356 property, or nil, is returned.
12357 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12358 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12359 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12361 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12363 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12364 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12365 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12366 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12367 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12371 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12372 Display local help in the echo area.
12373 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12374 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12375 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12378 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12379 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12380 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12384 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12385 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12386 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12390 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12391 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12392 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12396 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12397 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12398 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12399 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12400 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12401 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12402 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12403 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12404 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12405 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12406 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12408 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12409 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12410 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12411 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12412 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12414 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12415 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12416 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12417 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12418 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12419 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12420 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12421 The default is `never'.")
12423 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12425 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12426 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12427 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12428 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12429 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12430 considered different regions.
12432 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12433 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12434 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12435 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12436 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12437 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12438 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12439 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12440 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12442 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12444 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12445 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12446 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12447 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12450 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12451 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12452 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12453 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12454 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12455 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12456 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12457 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12459 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12460 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12461 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12462 rarely happens in practice.
12464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12466 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12467 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12468 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12469 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12470 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12471 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12477 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12478 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12479 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12480 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19775 2028))
12481 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12483 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12484 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12486 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12488 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12489 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12490 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12492 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12494 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12495 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12496 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12497 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12498 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12499 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12500 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12501 search for a function definition.
12503 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12504 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12505 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12506 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12507 suitable file is found, return nil.
12509 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12511 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12514 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12516 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12517 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12518 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12519 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12521 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12523 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12524 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12525 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12526 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12527 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12528 it is displayed along with the global value.
12530 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12532 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12533 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12534 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12535 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12537 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12539 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12540 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12541 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12542 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12543 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12547 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12548 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12552 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12553 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12559 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12560 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
12561 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12563 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12564 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12565 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12566 window listing and describing the options.
12567 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12568 gives the window that lists the options.")
12570 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12575 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12576 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19780
12578 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12580 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12581 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12582 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12588 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12593 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12598 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12599 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12601 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12602 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12603 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12604 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12606 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12607 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12608 restore it properly when going back.
12610 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12612 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12613 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12614 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12616 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12617 exists, it is created.
12621 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12622 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12624 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12625 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12626 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12627 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12628 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12629 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12630 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12631 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12633 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12634 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12635 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12636 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12638 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12639 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12642 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12644 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12645 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12646 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12647 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12648 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12649 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12651 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12653 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12654 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12655 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12656 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12657 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12659 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12661 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12662 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12664 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12668 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12669 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19775 2028))
12670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12672 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12673 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12677 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12678 Provide help for current mode.
12684 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12685 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19775 2028))
12686 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12688 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12689 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12690 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12691 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12692 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12694 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12695 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12697 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12698 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12699 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12700 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12702 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12703 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12706 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12711 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12712 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12713 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12714 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12715 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12716 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12717 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12718 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12719 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12720 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12721 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12722 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12723 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12724 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12725 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12727 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12728 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12729 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12731 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12734 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12736 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12737 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12738 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12740 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12741 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12742 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12744 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12745 into the buffer at the current point.
12747 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12748 into the buffer at the current point.
12750 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12751 into the buffer at the current point.
12753 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12755 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12756 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12758 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12760 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12764 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12765 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12766 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12767 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12769 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12771 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12772 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12773 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12779 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12780 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12781 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12782 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
12783 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12785 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12786 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12788 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12789 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12790 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12791 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12792 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12793 called interactively, are:
12795 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12796 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12798 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12799 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12800 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12801 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12803 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12804 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12806 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12807 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12809 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12810 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12811 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12812 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12813 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12814 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12815 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12816 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12817 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12818 function returns t.
12820 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12821 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12823 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12824 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12827 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12828 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12829 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12830 Patterns will be read until
12832 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12836 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12837 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12838 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12839 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12840 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12841 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12843 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12845 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12846 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12847 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12849 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12850 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12851 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12855 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12857 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12858 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12860 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12861 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12862 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12863 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12864 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12866 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12868 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12870 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12871 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12873 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12874 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12875 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12876 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12877 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12879 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12881 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12883 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12884 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12886 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12887 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12889 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12891 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12893 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12894 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12896 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12897 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12898 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12899 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12900 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12902 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12904 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12905 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12907 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12908 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12909 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12915 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12916 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
12917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12919 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12920 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12921 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12922 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12923 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12924 how the hiding is done:
12927 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12928 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12931 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12932 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12933 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12934 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12935 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12938 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12939 #endif lines when hiding.
12941 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12942 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12945 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12946 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12947 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12949 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12955 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12956 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
12957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12959 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
12960 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12961 Each element has the form
12962 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12964 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12965 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12967 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12968 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12970 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12971 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12972 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12973 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12974 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12975 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12977 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12978 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12980 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12981 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12983 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12984 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12985 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12987 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12988 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12989 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12990 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12991 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12993 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12994 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12995 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12997 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12998 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13000 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13003 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13007 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13008 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13015 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13016 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13017 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13018 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19775
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13022 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13023 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13025 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13027 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13028 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13029 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13032 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13033 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13034 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13035 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13036 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13037 through various faces.
13038 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13039 buffer with the contents of a file
13040 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13044 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13045 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13047 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13048 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13049 in a distinctive face.
13051 The default value can be customized with variable
13052 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13054 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13058 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13059 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13060 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13064 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13065 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13069 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13070 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13074 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13075 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13077 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13078 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13079 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13080 shown in the last face in the list.
13082 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13083 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13084 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13086 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13090 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13091 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13093 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13095 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13098 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13099 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13101 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13102 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13103 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13105 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13107 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13108 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13110 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13111 this function is called interactively.
13113 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13114 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13115 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13117 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13118 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13119 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13121 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13123 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13124 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13125 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13126 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13127 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13128 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13130 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13132 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13133 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13134 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
13136 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13137 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13138 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13144 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13145 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13146 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13147 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13148 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19775 2028))
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13151 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
13152 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13153 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13154 or insert functions in this list.")
13156 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
13158 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
13159 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13161 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
13163 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
13164 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13166 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
13168 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
13169 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13171 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
13173 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
13174 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13176 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
13178 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
13179 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13180 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13182 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13184 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
13185 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13186 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13189 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13191 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
13192 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13193 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13194 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13195 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13197 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
13199 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13200 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13201 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13202 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13203 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13205 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13206 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13207 undoes the expansion.
13211 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13212 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13213 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13214 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13216 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13221 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
13222 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13224 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13225 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13226 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13228 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13229 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13230 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13231 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13232 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13234 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13235 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13236 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13237 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13241 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13242 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13243 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13244 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13245 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13246 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13248 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13250 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13251 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13252 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13254 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13255 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13261 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13262 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13263 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13264 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13265 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19775 2027))
13266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13268 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13270 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13271 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13274 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13276 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13278 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13280 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13282 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13284 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13286 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13288 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13290 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13292 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13294 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13296 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13298 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13300 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13301 User defined holidays.
13302 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13304 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13306 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13308 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13309 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13311 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13313 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13314 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13316 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13318 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13319 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13321 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13323 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13324 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13326 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13328 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13330 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13332 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13334 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13336 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13338 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13340 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13341 Christian holidays.
13342 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13344 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13346 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13348 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13350 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13352 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13354 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13356 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13358 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13360 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13364 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13366 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13368 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13370 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13371 Sun-related holidays.
13372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13374 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13376 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13378 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13380 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13381 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13382 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13383 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13387 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13388 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13389 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13390 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13391 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13393 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13394 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13396 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13397 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13399 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13400 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13401 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13402 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13405 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13407 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13409 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13413 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19775
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13417 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13418 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13424 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13425 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19780 4513))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13428 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13429 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13430 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13431 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13434 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13435 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13438 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13439 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13441 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13442 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13443 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13445 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13447 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13448 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13449 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13451 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13453 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13457 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13458 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19775
13460 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13462 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13463 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13465 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13466 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13467 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13469 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13470 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13471 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13472 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13473 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13474 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13476 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13477 title of the column.
13479 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13480 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13481 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13482 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13483 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13485 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13487 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13489 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13490 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13491 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13492 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13493 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13495 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13496 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13497 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13499 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13501 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13503 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13504 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13505 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13506 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13507 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13508 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13510 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13511 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13512 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13513 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13514 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13515 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13516 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13517 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13519 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13520 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13521 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13522 buffer's modification flag.
13523 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13524 prompted before performing this operation.
13525 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13526 operation is complete, in the form:
13527 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13528 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13529 confirmation message, in the form:
13530 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13531 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13532 macro for exactly what it does.
13534 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13536 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13538 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13539 Define a filter named NAME.
13540 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13541 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13542 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13544 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13545 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13546 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13547 bound to the current value of the filter.
13549 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13551 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13555 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13556 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19780 4513))
13557 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13559 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13560 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13561 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13562 buffers which are visiting a file.
13564 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13566 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13567 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13568 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13569 buffers which are visiting a file.
13571 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13573 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13574 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13575 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13577 All arguments are optional.
13578 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13579 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13580 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13581 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13582 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13583 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13584 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13585 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13586 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13587 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13588 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13589 that value locally in this buffer.
13591 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13595 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13596 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13597 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19780 4513))
13598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13600 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13601 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13602 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13603 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13605 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13607 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13608 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13609 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13610 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13612 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13613 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13614 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13616 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13618 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13619 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13620 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13621 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13622 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13623 non-marking or not.
13625 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13627 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13628 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13630 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13631 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13634 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13635 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13636 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13638 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13641 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13642 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13643 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13645 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13649 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19780
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13653 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13654 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13655 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13658 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13660 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13662 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13663 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13664 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13665 otherwise turn it off.
13667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19775 2029))
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13674 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13675 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13676 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13677 Tab indents for Icon code.
13678 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13679 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13681 Variables controlling indentation style:
13682 icon-tab-always-indent
13683 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13684 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13686 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13687 inserted in Icon code.
13689 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13690 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13691 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13692 icon-continued-statement-offset
13693 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13694 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13695 icon-continued-brace-offset
13696 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13697 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13699 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13700 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13701 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13702 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13704 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13705 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13711 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13712 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
13713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13715 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13716 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13717 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13718 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13720 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13721 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13724 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13725 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13727 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13728 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13729 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13731 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13733 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13737 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13738 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
13739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13741 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13742 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13744 The main features of this mode are
13746 1. Indentation and Formatting
13747 --------------------------
13748 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13749 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13751 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13752 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13753 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13754 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13756 Comments are indented as follows:
13758 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13759 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13760 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13762 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13764 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13765 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13766 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13767 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13768 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13769 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13771 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13772 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13773 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13774 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13778 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13779 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13780 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13781 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13782 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13783 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13784 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13785 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13786 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13787 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13792 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13793 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13794 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13795 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13799 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13800 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13801 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13802 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13803 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13806 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13807 --------------------------------
13808 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13809 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13811 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13812 \\fu FUNCTION template
13813 \\c CASE statement template
13814 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13815 \\f FOR loop template
13816 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13817 \\w WHILE loop template
13818 \\i IF statement template
13819 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13822 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13823 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13825 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13826 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13827 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13828 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13830 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13831 -------------------------
13832 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13833 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13835 7. Automatic END completion
13836 ------------------------
13837 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13838 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13842 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13843 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13845 9. Documentation and Customization
13846 -------------------------------
13847 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13848 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13849 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13850 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13851 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13855 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13856 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13857 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13859 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13865 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13866 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13867 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13868 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13869 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13870 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13871 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13872 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19775
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13876 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13877 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13878 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13879 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13881 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13882 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13883 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13886 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13888 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13890 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13891 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13892 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13893 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13894 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13895 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13896 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13897 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13898 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13902 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13903 Switch to another buffer.
13904 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13905 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13908 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13909 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13910 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13911 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13912 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13914 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13915 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13917 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13918 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13920 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13921 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13922 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13923 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13924 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13925 in a separate window.
13926 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13927 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13928 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13929 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13930 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13931 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13932 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13933 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13934 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13938 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13939 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13940 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13941 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13945 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13946 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13947 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13952 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13954 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13959 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13960 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13961 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13962 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13966 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13967 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13968 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13969 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13973 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13974 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13978 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13979 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13980 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13981 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13982 visible in another frame.
13984 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13985 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13986 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13987 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13988 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13989 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13991 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13992 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13994 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13995 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13997 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13998 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13999 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14000 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14001 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14002 in a separate window.
14003 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14004 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14005 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14006 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14007 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14008 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14009 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14010 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14011 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14012 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14013 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14014 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14015 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14016 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14017 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14021 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14022 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14024 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14028 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14029 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14030 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14031 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14035 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14036 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14037 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14038 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14042 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14043 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14045 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14049 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14050 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14052 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14056 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14057 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14058 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14059 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14063 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14064 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14065 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14066 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14070 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14071 Write current buffer to a file.
14072 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14073 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14077 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14078 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14079 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14080 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14084 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14085 Call `dired' the ido way.
14086 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14087 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14091 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14092 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14093 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14094 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14095 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14096 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14098 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14100 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14102 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14103 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14105 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14107 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14108 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14109 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14110 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14112 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14114 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14115 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14116 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14117 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14118 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14119 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14120 with `completing-read'.
14121 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14122 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14123 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14124 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14125 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14126 with point positioned at the end.
14127 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14128 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14130 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
14134 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19775 2028))
14135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14136 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
14138 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14139 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14140 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14146 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19780 4513))
14147 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14149 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14151 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14152 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14159 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14160 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14161 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14162 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14163 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
14164 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14166 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14167 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14168 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14171 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14173 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14174 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14175 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14180 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14181 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14182 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14185 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14187 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14188 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14189 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14192 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14194 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14195 Determine and return image type.
14196 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14197 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14198 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14199 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14200 use its file extension as image type.
14201 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14203 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14205 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14206 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14207 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14209 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14211 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14212 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14213 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14215 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14216 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14217 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14218 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14223 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14225 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14226 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14227 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14228 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14229 use its file extension as image type.
14230 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14231 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14232 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14233 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14235 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14237 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14238 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14239 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14241 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14243 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14244 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14245 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14246 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14247 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14248 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14249 POS may be an integer or marker.
14250 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14251 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14252 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14253 means display it in the right marginal area.
14255 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14257 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14258 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14259 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14260 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14261 defaulted if you omit it.
14262 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14263 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14264 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14265 means display it in the right marginal area.
14266 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14267 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14268 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14269 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14270 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14272 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14274 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14275 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14276 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14277 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14278 defaulted if you omit it.
14279 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14280 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14281 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14282 means display it in the right marginal area.
14283 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14285 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14287 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14288 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14289 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14290 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14292 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14294 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14295 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14297 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14299 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14300 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14301 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14302 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14303 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14304 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14305 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14306 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14309 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14311 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14313 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
14315 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
14316 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14318 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14319 documentation string.
14321 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14322 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14323 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14324 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14325 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14326 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14327 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14332 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14333 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14335 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil
(quote macro
))
14337 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14339 (autoload 'create-animated-image
"image" "\
14340 Create an animated image.
14341 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14342 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14343 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14344 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14345 use its file extension as image type.
14346 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14347 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14348 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14349 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14351 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14353 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14355 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
14356 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14362 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14363 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14364 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14365 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14366 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14367 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14368 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14369 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19780 45051))
14370 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14372 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14373 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14374 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14375 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14376 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14377 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14381 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
14382 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14384 Convenience command that:
14386 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14387 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14388 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14390 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14391 image files in dired and type
14392 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14394 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14396 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14397 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14399 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14401 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
14402 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14403 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14404 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14405 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14408 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14409 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14410 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14412 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14413 instead of erasing it first.
14415 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14416 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14417 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14418 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14419 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14420 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14422 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
14424 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
14425 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14426 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14427 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14432 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14434 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
14436 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
14437 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14441 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
14442 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14443 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14447 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
14448 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14452 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
14453 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14454 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14455 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14459 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
14460 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14464 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
14465 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14469 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
14470 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14474 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
14475 Display current image file.
14476 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14477 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14481 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
14482 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14486 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
14487 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14488 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14489 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14490 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14491 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14492 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14496 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
14497 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14498 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14505 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14506 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14507 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19775 2028))
14508 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14510 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14511 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14512 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14513 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14515 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14516 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14517 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14518 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14520 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14522 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14523 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14524 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14525 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14527 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14528 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14529 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14530 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14532 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14534 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14535 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14539 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14540 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14541 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14542 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14544 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14546 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14547 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14548 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14551 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14553 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14555 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14556 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14557 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14558 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14560 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14561 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14562 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14568 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14569 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19780 4513))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14572 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14573 Major mode for image files.
14574 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14575 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14579 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14580 Toggle Image minor mode.
14581 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14582 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14583 to display an image file as the actual image.
14585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14587 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14588 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14589 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14590 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14591 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14592 to display an image file as the actual image.
14594 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14595 to display an image file as text initially.
14597 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14602 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14605 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14610 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19775 2028))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14613 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14614 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14616 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14618 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14619 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14622 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14624 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14625 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14626 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14628 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14630 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14631 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14633 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14634 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14635 pattern's structure.
14637 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14638 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14639 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14641 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14643 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14645 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14646 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14648 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14649 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14650 called within a `save-excursion'.
14652 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14654 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14656 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14657 Function for finding the next index position.
14659 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14660 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14661 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14664 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14665 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14667 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14669 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14670 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14672 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14673 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14674 It should return the name for that index item.")
14676 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14678 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14679 Function to compare string with index item.
14681 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14682 non-nil if they match.
14684 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14685 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14686 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14687 arguments match\".")
14689 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14691 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14692 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14693 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14695 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14696 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14698 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14700 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14702 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14703 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14704 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14705 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14709 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14710 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14712 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14716 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14717 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14718 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14719 for more information.
14721 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14726 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14727 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19780 4513))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14730 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14731 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14733 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14735 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14738 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14740 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14743 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14745 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14748 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14750 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14751 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14753 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14757 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14758 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14759 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19780 4514))
14760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14762 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14763 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14764 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14765 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14766 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14768 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14770 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14771 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14773 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14775 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14776 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14777 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14778 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14779 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14780 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14781 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14782 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14784 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14786 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14787 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14788 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14789 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14790 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14792 This variable is only used if the variable
14793 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14795 More precise choices:
14796 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14797 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14800 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14802 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14804 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14805 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14807 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14808 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14809 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14811 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14812 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14813 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14814 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14817 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14819 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14823 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14824 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14825 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14826 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14827 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14830 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14831 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14833 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14834 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14835 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14837 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14838 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14839 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14840 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14841 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14842 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14843 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14844 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14845 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14846 with the top-level Info directory.
14848 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14849 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14850 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14851 appended to the Info buffer name.
14853 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14854 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14855 in all the directories in that path.
14857 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14859 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14861 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14862 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14866 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14867 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14868 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14869 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14873 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14874 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14875 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14876 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14878 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14880 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14881 Go to the Info directory node.
14885 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14886 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14887 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14888 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14889 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14890 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14892 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14894 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14895 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14896 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14898 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14900 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14901 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14902 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14903 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14904 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14906 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
14908 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14909 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14910 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14911 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14912 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14914 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14915 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14917 Selecting other nodes:
14918 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14919 Follow a node reference you click on.
14920 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14921 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14922 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14923 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14924 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14925 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14926 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14927 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14928 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14929 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14930 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14931 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14932 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14933 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14934 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14935 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14936 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14937 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14938 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14939 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14941 Moving within a node:
14942 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14943 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14944 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14945 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14946 move up to the parent node.
14947 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14948 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14950 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14953 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14954 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14955 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14956 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14957 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14958 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14959 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14960 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14961 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14962 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14963 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14964 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14965 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14966 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14967 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14968 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14971 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14973 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14974 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14975 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14976 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14977 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14978 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14980 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14981 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14983 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14984 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14986 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14987 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14988 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14989 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14993 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14994 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14995 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14999 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15000 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15001 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15003 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15007 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15008 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15009 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
15010 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15012 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15013 Throw away all cached data.
15014 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15015 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15019 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15021 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15022 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15023 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15024 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15025 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15026 one found at point.
15028 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15030 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15031 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15033 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15034 Display the documentation of a file.
15035 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15036 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15037 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15038 The default file name is the one found at point.
15040 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15042 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15044 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15045 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15047 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15049 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15050 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15052 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15056 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15057 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15058 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
15059 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15061 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15062 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15063 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15064 current info file is the default.
15066 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15067 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15068 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15069 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15070 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15072 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15073 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15074 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15075 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15076 mistake in the reference.
15078 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15079 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15080 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15082 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15083 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15084 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15085 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15087 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15089 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15090 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15091 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15092 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15095 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15096 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15097 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15098 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15099 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15100 should be harmless.
15104 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15105 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15106 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15107 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15109 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15110 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15111 and can take a long time.
15115 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15116 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15117 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15119 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15121 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15122 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15124 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15125 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15126 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15127 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15130 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15131 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15132 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15133 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15136 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15140 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15141 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19775 2028))
15142 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15144 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15145 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15147 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15149 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15150 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15152 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15154 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15155 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15156 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15157 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15159 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15160 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15161 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15163 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15164 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15165 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15166 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15170 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15171 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15172 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15176 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15177 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15178 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15179 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15180 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15186 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15187 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15188 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
15189 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15191 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15192 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15196 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15197 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15201 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15204 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15208 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19780
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15212 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15213 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15214 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15215 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15216 accessed via isearchb.
15222 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15223 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15224 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15225 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19775 2028))
15226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15228 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15229 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15230 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15231 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15232 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15234 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15236 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15237 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15238 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15239 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15240 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15242 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15244 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15245 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15246 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15247 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15248 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15250 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15252 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15253 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15254 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15255 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15256 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15258 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15260 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15261 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15262 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15263 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15264 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15266 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15268 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15269 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15270 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15271 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15272 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15274 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15276 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15277 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15278 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15279 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15280 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15282 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15284 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15285 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15286 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15287 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15289 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15291 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15292 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15293 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15294 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15296 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15298 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15299 Warn that format is read-only.
15301 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15303 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
15304 Warn that format is write-only.
15306 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
15308 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
15309 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15316 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15318 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
15319 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
15320 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
15324 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15325 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15326 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15327 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15328 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19780 4514))
15329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15331 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
15333 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
15334 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15335 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15336 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15337 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15339 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
15341 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
15343 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
15344 Key map for ispell menu.")
15346 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
15347 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15348 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15349 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15351 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
15353 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15355 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15357 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
15359 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15360 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15361 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15362 Valid forms include:
15363 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15364 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15365 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15366 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15368 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15369 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15370 First list is used raw.
15371 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15373 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15374 for skipping in latex mode.")
15376 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15377 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15378 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15379 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15380 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15381 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
15382 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
15384 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
15385 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15386 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15387 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15389 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15390 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15391 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15392 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15393 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15395 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15396 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15398 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15399 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15401 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15402 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15404 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15405 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15408 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15409 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15410 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15411 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15412 quit spell session exited.
15414 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
15416 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
15417 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15418 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15420 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
15422 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
15423 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15427 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15428 SPC: Accept word this time.
15429 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15430 `a': Accept word for this session.
15431 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15432 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15433 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15434 `?': Show these commands.
15435 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15436 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15437 the aborted check to be completed later.
15438 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15439 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15440 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15441 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15442 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15443 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15444 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15448 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
15449 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15450 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15452 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
15454 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
15455 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15456 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15457 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15459 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15461 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15463 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
15464 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15465 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15466 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15468 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
15470 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
15471 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15475 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
15476 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15480 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
15481 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15485 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
15486 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15487 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15488 sequence inside of a word.
15490 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15492 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
15494 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
15495 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15499 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
15500 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15501 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15502 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15504 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15505 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15506 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15507 available on the net.
15511 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
15512 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15513 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15514 otherwise turn it off.
15516 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15517 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15519 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15520 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15524 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
15525 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15526 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15527 Don't check included messages.
15529 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15530 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15531 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15533 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15534 in your .emacs file:
15535 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15536 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15537 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15538 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15540 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15541 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15542 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15548 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19775
15550 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15552 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
15553 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15554 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15557 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15559 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15561 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15562 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15563 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15564 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15565 `iswitchb' for details.
15567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15571 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15572 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15573 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15574 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19780 4513))
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15577 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15582 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15583 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15584 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15585 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15586 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15587 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15588 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15589 necessary to represent OBJ.
15591 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15593 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15594 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15595 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15596 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15598 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15600 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15601 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15602 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15603 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15604 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15606 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15608 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15609 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15610 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15611 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15613 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15615 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15616 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15617 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15618 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15620 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15622 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15623 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15627 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15628 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15629 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15630 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15631 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15633 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15635 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15636 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15637 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15638 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15639 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15641 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15643 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15644 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15645 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15647 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15651 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15652 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19775 2028))
15653 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15655 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15656 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15657 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15658 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15660 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15663 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15665 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15666 Uninstall jka-compr.
15667 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15668 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15669 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15675 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19775 2029))
15676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15678 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15679 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15683 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15687 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15688 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15689 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
15690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15692 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15693 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15694 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15695 decimal key must be specified.")
15697 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15699 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15700 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15701 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15702 decimal key must be specified.")
15704 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15706 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15707 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15708 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15709 decimal key must be specified.")
15711 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15713 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15714 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15715 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15716 decimal key must be specified.")
15718 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15720 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15721 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15722 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15723 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15724 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15728 -------------------------------------------------------------
15729 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15730 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15731 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15732 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15733 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15734 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15735 in the global and local keymaps.
15737 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15738 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15740 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15744 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15745 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
15746 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15748 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15749 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15750 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15752 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15753 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15754 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15755 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15758 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15759 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15760 the context of text formatting.
15762 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15766 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19775
15768 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15770 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15771 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15772 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15773 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15774 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15775 positions that contains the current selection.")
15777 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15778 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15779 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15780 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15781 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15782 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15783 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15785 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15790 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15791 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15792 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19780 4513))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15794 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15795 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15796 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15797 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15798 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15799 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15800 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15802 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15803 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15805 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15807 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15808 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15809 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15810 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15811 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15813 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15815 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15816 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15817 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15819 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15820 defining the macro.
15822 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15823 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15824 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15826 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15827 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15831 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15832 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15833 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15834 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15835 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15838 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15839 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15840 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15844 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15845 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15846 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15848 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15849 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15850 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15851 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15853 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15854 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15856 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15858 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15859 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15860 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15862 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15865 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15866 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15868 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15869 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15870 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15872 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15873 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15877 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15878 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15879 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15880 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15882 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15884 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15885 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15886 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15887 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15889 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15890 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15892 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15894 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15895 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15896 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15898 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15902 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15903 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19780 4513))
15904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15906 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15907 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15908 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15910 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15917 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15918 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15921 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
15923 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
15924 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15928 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
15929 Start or resume an Landmark game.
15930 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15931 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15933 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15934 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15935 none / 1 | yes | no
15940 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
15941 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15942 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15948 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15949 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15950 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19780 4513))
15951 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15953 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15956 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15958 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15959 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15960 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15961 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15962 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15963 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15965 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15966 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15970 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15971 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15973 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15975 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15978 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15980 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15983 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15987 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15988 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15989 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19775 2028))
15990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15992 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15993 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15994 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15995 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15997 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15999 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16000 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16001 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16003 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16005 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16006 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16007 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16011 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16012 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16013 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16014 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16016 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16020 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16021 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19780 4513))
16022 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16024 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16025 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16026 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16027 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16028 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16029 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16030 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16031 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16033 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16034 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16036 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16037 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16039 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16041 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16042 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16043 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16044 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16045 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16046 `latin1-display-setup'.
16048 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16050 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16051 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16052 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16053 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16055 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16056 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16058 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16062 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16063 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
16064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16066 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16067 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16073 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16074 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16077 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16078 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16080 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16081 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16083 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16084 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16086 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16087 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16088 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16089 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16090 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16091 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16092 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16093 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16094 and transmit saved text.
16097 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16098 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16102 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16109 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19775 2029))
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16112 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16113 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16114 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16115 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16116 generations (this defaults to 1).
16118 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16122 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16123 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19775 2028))
16124 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16126 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16127 Format used to display line numbers.
16128 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16129 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16130 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16131 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16133 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16135 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16136 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16140 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16141 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16142 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16144 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16145 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16147 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16149 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16150 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16151 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
16153 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16154 `linum-on' would do it.
16155 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16161 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19775
16163 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16165 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16166 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16167 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16168 is nil, raise an error.
16170 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16171 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16172 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16173 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16174 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16175 defined by the library.
16177 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16178 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16179 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16180 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16181 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16184 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16185 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16186 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16187 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16189 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16194 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19775 2028))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16197 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16198 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16199 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16201 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16203 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16204 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16205 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16206 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16208 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16209 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16210 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16211 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16212 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16213 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16216 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16217 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16219 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16220 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16222 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16223 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16225 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16227 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16228 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16229 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16230 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16231 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16232 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16233 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16234 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16235 to constrain a big search.
16237 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16239 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16240 except that FILTER is not optional.
16242 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16246 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19775 2030))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16249 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16250 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16251 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16253 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16254 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16255 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16256 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16257 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16259 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16260 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16261 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16262 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16263 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16265 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16266 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16267 uses the current buffer.
16269 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16273 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19775
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16277 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16278 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16284 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19775
16286 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16288 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16289 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16290 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16291 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16292 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16294 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16295 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16296 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16298 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16299 are indicated with a symbol.
16301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16305 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16306 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19780
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16310 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16312 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16314 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16315 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16316 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16318 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16319 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16321 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16322 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16323 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16324 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16325 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16326 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16327 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16329 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16331 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16332 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16333 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16334 switch on this list.
16335 See `lpr-command'.")
16337 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16339 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16340 Name of program for printing a file.
16342 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16343 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16344 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16345 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16346 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16347 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16350 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16352 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16353 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16354 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16355 for customization of the printer command.
16359 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16360 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16362 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16363 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16364 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16365 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16367 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16368 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16370 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16371 for further customization of the printer command.
16375 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16376 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16377 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16378 for customization of the printer command.
16380 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16382 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16383 Paginate and print the region contents.
16385 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16386 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16387 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16388 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16390 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16391 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16393 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16394 for further customization of the printer command.
16396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16401 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16404 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16405 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16406 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16408 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16412 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19780
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16416 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16417 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16418 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16419 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16423 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16427 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19780
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16431 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16432 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16439 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16442 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16443 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16444 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16445 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16446 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16448 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16452 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16453 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19780 4513))
16454 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16456 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16457 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16458 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16459 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16460 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16462 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16464 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16465 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16466 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16467 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16469 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16470 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16471 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16472 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16475 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16476 use this command, and then save the file.
16478 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16480 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16481 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16482 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16483 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16484 each time the macro executes.
16485 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16486 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16487 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16488 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16489 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16490 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16491 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16495 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16496 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16497 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16498 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16500 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16501 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16502 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16505 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16506 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16508 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16509 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16510 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16511 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16512 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16514 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16517 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16518 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16519 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16521 You could enter the names in this format:
16527 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16530 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16533 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16534 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16536 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16537 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16541 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16542 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19780 4513))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16545 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16546 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16547 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16548 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16549 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16550 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16552 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16553 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16554 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16555 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16556 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16558 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16559 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16560 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16563 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16565 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16566 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16568 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16573 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16574 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16577 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16578 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16582 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16587 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16588 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16590 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16592 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16593 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16594 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16597 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16603 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16604 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16605 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16606 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16609 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16610 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16611 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16612 often correct parser.")
16614 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16616 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16617 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16619 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16621 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16622 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16623 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16624 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16626 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16629 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16630 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16631 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16633 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16635 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16636 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16637 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16638 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16640 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16642 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16643 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16644 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16645 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16646 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16647 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16648 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16649 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16650 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16653 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16656 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16657 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16658 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16659 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16660 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16661 matches may be returned from the message body.
16663 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16667 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16668 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19775
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16672 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16673 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16674 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16677 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16679 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16681 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16682 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16686 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16687 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16691 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16692 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16693 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16695 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16697 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16698 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16699 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16701 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16702 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16703 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16706 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16711 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19775
16713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16715 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16716 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16717 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16719 If `parens', they look like:
16720 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16721 If `angles', they look like:
16722 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16724 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16726 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16727 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16728 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16729 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16730 their `Resent-' variants.
16732 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16733 removed from alias expansions.
16735 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16737 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16738 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16739 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16741 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16742 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16743 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16744 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16746 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16748 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16749 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16750 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16751 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16757 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16758 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
16759 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16761 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16762 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16763 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16764 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16770 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16771 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16772 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19775 2029))
16773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16775 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16776 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16778 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16779 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16780 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16781 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16782 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16783 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16785 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16786 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16787 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16788 dependency, despite the colon.
16790 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16792 In the browser, use the following keys:
16794 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16796 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16798 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16799 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16801 `makefile-target-colon':
16802 The string that gets appended to all target names
16803 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16804 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16806 `makefile-macro-assign':
16807 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16808 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16809 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16810 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16811 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16812 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16814 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16815 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16816 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16818 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16819 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16821 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16822 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16823 up or down in the browser.
16825 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16826 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16828 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16829 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16831 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16832 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16833 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16834 has been selected in the browser.
16836 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16837 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16838 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16839 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16840 filenames are omitted.
16842 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16843 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16844 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16845 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16846 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16847 the backslash itself intact.
16848 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16849 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16851 `makefile-browser-hook':
16852 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16853 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16855 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16856 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16857 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16858 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16862 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16863 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16867 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16868 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16872 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16873 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16877 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16878 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16882 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16883 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16889 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19775
16891 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16893 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16894 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16895 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16902 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
16903 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16905 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16907 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16908 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16909 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16910 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16911 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16912 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16913 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16914 page, it will display immediately.
16916 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16917 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16918 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16923 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16924 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16925 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16926 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16930 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16931 otherwise look like a page name.
16936 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16937 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16938 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16942 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16944 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16945 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16947 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16949 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16950 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16952 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16956 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19780 4513))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16959 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16960 Toggle Master mode.
16961 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16962 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16963 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16965 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16966 following commands:
16968 \\{master-mode-map}
16970 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16971 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16972 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16978 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16979 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
16980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16982 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16983 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16984 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16987 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16989 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16991 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16992 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16993 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16994 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16995 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16997 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16998 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (19775 2029))
17005 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17007 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17011 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17012 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17013 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17014 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17015 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17016 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17017 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19775 2028))
17018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17020 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17022 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17023 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17024 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17025 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17026 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17027 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17028 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17029 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17030 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17031 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17032 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17033 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17034 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17035 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17036 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17037 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17038 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17039 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17040 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17041 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17042 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17043 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17044 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17045 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17046 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17047 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17048 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17049 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17050 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17051 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17052 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17053 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17054 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17055 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17056 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17057 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17058 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17059 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17063 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17064 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17065 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17066 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17067 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17069 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17071 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17072 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17074 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17076 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17077 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17079 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17081 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17082 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17084 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17086 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17087 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17088 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17090 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17092 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17093 Cancel an article you posted.
17094 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17098 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17099 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17100 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17101 header line with the old Message-ID.
17105 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17106 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17110 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17111 Forward the current message via mail.
17112 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17113 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17115 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17117 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17120 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17122 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17125 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17127 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17128 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17132 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17133 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17135 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17137 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17138 Re-mail the current message.
17139 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17140 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17145 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17146 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17148 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17150 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17151 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17153 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17155 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17156 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17158 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17160 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17161 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17163 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17165 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17166 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17167 Works by overstriking characters.
17168 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17169 which specify the range to operate on.
17171 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17173 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17174 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17175 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17176 which specify the range to operate on.
17178 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17182 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17183 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
17184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17186 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17187 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17191 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17192 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17198 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17199 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17200 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17203 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17204 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17205 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17209 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17210 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17211 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17212 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17213 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17214 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17215 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17217 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17219 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17220 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17221 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17222 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17223 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17225 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17226 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17228 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17230 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17231 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17232 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17233 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17234 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17236 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17237 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17239 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17244 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17245 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19780 4513))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17248 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17249 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17250 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17254 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17255 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17256 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17260 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17261 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17263 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17264 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17265 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17267 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17268 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17270 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17271 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17273 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17275 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17277 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17278 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17279 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17280 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17281 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17284 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17285 initial Subject field, respectively.
17287 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17288 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17291 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17292 RETURN-ACTION are ignored.
17294 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17296 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17297 Save draft and send message.
17299 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17300 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17301 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17304 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17305 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17306 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17308 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17309 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17310 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17311 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17312 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17313 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17315 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17316 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17318 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17319 message and scan line.
17321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17323 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17324 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17326 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17327 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17328 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17329 delete the draft message.
17335 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19775 2029))
17336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17338 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17340 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17342 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17344 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17345 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17352 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19780 4514))
17353 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17355 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17356 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17357 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17359 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17360 the MH mail system.
17362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17364 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17365 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17366 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17368 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17369 the MH mail system.
17371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17373 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17374 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17376 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17377 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17378 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17381 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17382 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17383 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17386 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17390 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17391 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17392 can be used in several ways.
17394 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17395 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17396 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17397 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17401 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17402 The range must be nonempty.
17407 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17408 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17415 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17418 All of the messages.
17420 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17421 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17423 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17424 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17425 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17427 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17434 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19780 4514))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17437 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17438 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17439 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17440 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17441 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17442 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17443 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17444 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17445 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17446 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17447 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17451 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17452 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17453 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17454 to its second argument TM.
17456 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17460 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17461 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19775 2029))
17462 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17464 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17465 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17466 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17468 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17469 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17471 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17473 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17474 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17475 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17476 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17477 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17478 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17479 default indication.
17481 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17482 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17488 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19775 2029))
17489 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17491 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17492 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17493 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17494 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17495 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17496 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17497 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17498 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17499 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17505 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17506 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17507 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19775 2029))
17508 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17509 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17511 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17512 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17514 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17515 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17516 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17519 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17520 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17521 end of the search space).
17523 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17524 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17525 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17526 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17527 should return the previous buffer to search.
17529 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17530 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17531 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17533 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17534 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17535 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17538 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17539 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17540 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17542 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17543 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17544 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17548 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17549 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17550 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17551 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17552 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17553 whose names match the specified regexp.
17555 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17557 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17558 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17559 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17560 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17561 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17562 whose names match the specified regexp.
17564 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17566 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17567 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17568 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17569 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17570 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17571 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17572 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17574 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17576 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17577 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17578 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17579 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17580 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17581 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17582 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17584 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17588 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17589 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17592 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17593 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17599 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17600 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19775 2028))
17601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17603 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17604 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17606 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17608 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17609 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17610 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17611 the entire message.
17612 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17614 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17619 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17622 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17623 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17624 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17625 the entire message.
17626 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17628 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17632 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17633 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19780 4513))
17634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17636 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17637 Insert file contents of URL.
17638 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17640 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17642 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17643 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17645 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17649 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17650 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19775 2028))
17651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17653 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17654 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17655 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17656 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17657 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17659 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17661 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17662 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17663 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17665 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17669 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17670 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
17671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17673 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17676 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17678 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17681 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17686 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17687 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19780 4513))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17690 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17693 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17695 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17698 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17700 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17703 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17705 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17708 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17710 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17713 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17715 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17718 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17720 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17727 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19763
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17731 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17733 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17734 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17735 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17736 followed by the first character of the construct.
17738 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17739 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17740 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17741 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17742 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17743 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17744 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17745 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17746 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17747 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17748 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17749 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17750 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17753 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17754 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17755 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17761 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17762 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17765 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17766 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17768 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17771 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17773 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17777 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17778 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19775 2029))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17781 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17782 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17784 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17785 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17786 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17788 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17789 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17790 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17792 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17793 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17795 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17796 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17797 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17798 hemisphere you're in.)
17800 To test this function, evaluate:
17801 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17803 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17805 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17806 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17808 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17809 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17811 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17812 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17813 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17815 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17816 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17818 To test this function, evaluate:
17819 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17821 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17825 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19775
17827 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17829 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17830 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17831 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17834 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17836 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17838 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17839 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17840 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17841 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17843 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17845 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17847 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17849 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17850 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17851 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17852 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17853 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17854 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17856 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17857 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17858 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17859 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17860 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17862 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17863 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17865 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17866 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17868 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17870 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17871 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17872 primary selection and region.
17874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17878 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19775 2029))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17881 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17882 Main entry point for MPC.
17888 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19775 2029))
17889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17891 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17892 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17898 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19780 45051))
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17901 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17902 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17903 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17904 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17905 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17906 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17908 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17910 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17912 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17913 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17914 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-cmds" "international/mule-cmds.el" (19775
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-cmds.el
17924 (put 'input-method-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17928 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17929 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17930 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17931 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17932 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17933 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17936 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17937 Display a list of all character sets.
17939 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17940 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17941 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17942 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17943 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17945 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17946 but still shows the full information.
17950 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17951 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17952 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17954 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17955 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17956 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17957 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17958 meanings of these arguments.
17960 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17962 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17963 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17965 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17967 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17968 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17970 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17972 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17973 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17975 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17977 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17978 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17980 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17981 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17983 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17984 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17985 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17986 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17987 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17988 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17989 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17990 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17991 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17992 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17993 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17994 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17995 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17996 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17997 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17998 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18002 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18003 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18007 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18008 Display a list of all coding systems.
18009 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18011 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18012 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18016 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18017 Display a list of all coding categories.
18021 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18022 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18023 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18025 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18027 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18028 Display information about FONTSET.
18029 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18031 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18034 Display a list of all fontsets.
18035 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18036 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18037 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18041 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18042 Display information about all input methods.
18046 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18047 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18049 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18050 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18051 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18052 system which uses fontsets).
18056 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18057 Show log of font listing and opening.
18058 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18059 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18061 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18066 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18067 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18068 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18069 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18070 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19775 2028))
18071 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18073 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18074 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18075 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18077 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18079 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18081 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18082 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18084 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18085 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18087 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18088 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18090 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18092 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18093 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18094 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18095 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18096 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18097 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18098 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18100 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18101 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18102 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18103 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18104 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18105 middle of a character in STR.
18107 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18108 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18110 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18111 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18112 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18113 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18114 defaults to \"...\".
18116 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18118 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18119 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18121 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18122 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18123 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18125 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18126 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18127 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18129 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18130 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18131 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18133 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18134 longer than KEYSEQ.
18135 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18137 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18139 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18140 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18141 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18142 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18143 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18144 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18145 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18146 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18147 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18148 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18149 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18151 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18153 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18154 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18156 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18158 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18159 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18161 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18163 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18164 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18166 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18168 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18169 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18171 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18173 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18174 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18175 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
18176 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
18177 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18179 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18180 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18182 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18183 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18184 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18185 coding systems ordered by priority.
18187 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18189 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18190 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18191 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18192 language environment LANG-ENV.
18194 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18196 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18197 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18198 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18199 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18200 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18201 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18203 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18207 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18208 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18209 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18210 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19775
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18214 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18215 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18219 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18220 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18224 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18225 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18229 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18230 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18234 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18235 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18239 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18240 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18242 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18244 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18246 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18247 `ping-program-options'.
18251 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18252 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18256 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18257 Run nslookup program.
18261 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18262 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18266 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18271 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18276 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18277 Finger USER on HOST.
18279 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18281 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18282 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18283 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18284 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18286 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18293 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18294 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18296 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18298 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18299 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18301 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18305 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19775
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18309 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18310 Return a user name/password pair.
18311 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18312 listed in the PORTS list.
18314 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18319 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18320 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18321 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18322 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18323 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19775 2029))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18326 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18328 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18330 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18332 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18334 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18335 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18336 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18337 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18338 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18339 Major modes should set this variable.")
18341 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18342 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18343 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18344 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18345 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18346 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18348 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18349 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18351 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18352 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18353 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18355 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18356 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18357 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18358 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18359 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18361 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18362 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18363 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18365 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18366 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18367 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18368 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18370 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18371 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18372 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18373 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18374 column indentation or nil.
18375 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18377 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18378 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18379 The function has no args.
18381 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18382 comments always start in column zero.")
18384 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18385 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18386 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18388 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18390 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18391 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18392 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18393 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18395 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18396 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18398 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18400 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18401 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18402 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18403 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18404 customize this variable.
18406 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18407 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18409 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18411 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18412 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18413 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18414 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18415 the variables are properly set.
18417 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18419 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18420 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18424 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18425 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18426 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18428 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18430 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18431 Set the comment column based on point.
18432 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18433 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18434 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18435 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18439 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18440 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18441 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18445 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18446 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18447 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18450 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18452 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18453 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18454 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18455 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18456 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18458 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18459 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18460 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18462 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18463 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18464 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18465 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18466 changed with `comment-style'.
18468 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18470 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18471 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18472 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18473 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18475 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18477 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18478 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18479 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18480 is passed on to the respective function.
18482 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18484 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18485 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18486 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18487 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18488 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18489 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18490 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18491 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18492 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18493 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18497 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18498 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18499 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18501 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18503 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18504 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18505 This indents the body of the continued comment
18506 under the previous comment line.
18508 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18509 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18510 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18512 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18513 or comment indentation.
18515 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18516 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18518 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18522 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18523 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19780 4514))
18524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18526 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18527 Check whether newsticker is running.
18528 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18529 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18533 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18534 Start the newsticker.
18535 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18536 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18537 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18538 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18540 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18544 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18545 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18548 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18549 Start newsticker plainview.
18555 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18556 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18559 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18560 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18566 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18567 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19780 4514))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18570 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18571 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18572 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18573 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18578 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18579 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18580 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18587 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18588 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18591 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18592 Start newsticker treeview.
18598 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18599 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18602 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18603 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18605 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18609 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19775
18611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18613 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18614 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18615 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18616 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18617 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18618 symbol in the alist.
18620 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18624 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18625 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
18626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18628 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18629 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18630 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18636 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18637 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
18638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18640 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18641 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18643 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18647 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18648 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19775 2029))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18651 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18652 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18653 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18655 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18657 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18660 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18662 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18663 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18664 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18665 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18666 to future sessions.
18668 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18670 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18671 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18672 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18673 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18674 to future sessions.
18676 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18680 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18681 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
18682 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18684 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18685 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18687 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18688 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18689 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18695 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18696 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
18697 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18699 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18700 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18701 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18702 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18704 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18708 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19780
18710 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18712 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18713 Major mode for editing XML.
18715 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18716 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18717 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18718 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18719 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18720 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18721 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18723 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18725 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18726 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18728 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18729 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18730 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18731 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18734 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18735 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18736 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18737 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18738 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18739 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18741 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18742 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18743 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18745 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18746 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18747 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18749 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18750 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18751 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18752 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18753 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18754 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18755 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18756 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18757 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18759 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18761 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18762 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18766 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18770 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18771 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19775 2029))
18772 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18774 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18775 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18776 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18777 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18783 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18784 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18785 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18786 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18787 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
18788 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
18789 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-expand-src-block
18790 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18791 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18792 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18793 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19775 2029))
18794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18796 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18801 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18806 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18807 Conditionally expand a source block.
18808 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18809 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18813 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18814 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18815 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18816 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18820 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18821 Conditionally pop to a session.
18822 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18823 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18827 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18828 Execute the current source code block.
18829 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18830 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18831 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18833 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18834 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18837 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18838 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18840 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18841 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18844 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18846 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18847 Expand the current source code block.
18848 Expand according to the source code block's header
18849 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18851 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18853 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18854 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18855 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18856 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18859 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18861 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18862 Initiate session for current code block.
18863 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18864 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18865 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18867 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18869 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18870 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18871 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18872 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18873 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18875 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18877 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18878 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18880 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18882 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18883 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18884 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18885 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18886 results already exist.
18888 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18890 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
18891 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
18892 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
18893 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
18894 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
18896 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
18897 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
18898 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
18899 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
18900 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
18901 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
18902 switches --------- string holding the switches
18903 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
18904 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
18905 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
18906 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
18907 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
18908 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
18909 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
18910 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
18912 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18914 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
18916 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18917 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18918 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18919 the current buffer.
18921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18923 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18924 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18925 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18926 the current subtree.
18928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18930 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18931 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18933 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18935 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18936 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18940 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
18941 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
18945 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18946 Go to a named source-code block.
18950 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18951 Go to a named result.
18955 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18956 Jump to the next source block.
18957 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18961 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18962 Jump to the previous source block.
18963 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
18968 Mark current src block
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18975 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18978 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18979 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18985 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18986 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19775 2029))
18987 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18989 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18990 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
18991 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18993 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18996 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18997 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18998 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19002 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19003 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19009 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19010 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19011 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
19012 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19014 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19015 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19016 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19017 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19018 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19019 then the name of the language is used.")
19021 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19023 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19024 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19025 This function exports the source code using
19026 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19031 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19032 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19033 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19034 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19035 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19036 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19038 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19040 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19041 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19042 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19043 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19044 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19045 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19046 exported source code blocks by language.
19048 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19052 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19053 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
19054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19056 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19057 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19058 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19060 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19062 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19063 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19065 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19066 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19067 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19071 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19075 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19076 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19079 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19080 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19082 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19083 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19084 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19085 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19087 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19088 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19089 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19090 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19091 is why you need this mode!).
19093 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19094 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19095 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19097 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19102 \\{octave-mode-map}
19104 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19105 ==============================================
19107 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19108 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19109 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19111 `octave-block-offset'
19112 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19115 `octave-continuation-offset'
19116 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19119 `octave-continuation-string'
19120 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19121 Default is a backslash.
19123 `octave-send-echo-input'
19124 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19125 command to the inferior Octave process.
19127 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19128 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19129 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19131 `octave-send-echo-input'
19132 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19134 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19136 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19137 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19139 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19141 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19142 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19144 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19147 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19149 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19150 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19151 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19152 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19158 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19159 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19160 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19161 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19162 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19163 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19164 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19167 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19168 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19170 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19172 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19173 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19174 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19176 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19177 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19178 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19179 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19180 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19181 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19182 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19183 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19184 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19185 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19187 The following commands are available:
19193 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19195 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19196 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19197 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19198 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19202 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19203 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19204 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19205 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19206 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19207 defined by Org-mode).
19209 M-up Move entry/item up
19210 M-down Move entry/item down
19213 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19214 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19215 M-S-left Promote subtree
19216 M-S-right Demote subtree
19217 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19219 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19220 TAB Cycle item visibility
19221 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19222 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19223 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19227 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19228 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19232 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19233 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19237 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19238 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19239 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19240 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19243 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19245 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19246 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19247 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19248 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19250 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19251 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19252 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19256 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19257 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19258 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19262 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19263 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19264 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19269 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19270 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19272 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19274 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19275 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19277 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19278 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19279 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19280 returned as a list.
19282 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19283 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19284 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19285 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19286 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19287 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19288 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19289 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19290 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19293 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19294 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19295 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19296 visited by the iteration.
19298 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19300 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19301 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19302 file The current buffer, without restriction
19304 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19305 agenda All agenda files
19306 agenda-with-archives
19307 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19309 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19311 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19312 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19314 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19315 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19316 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19317 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19318 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19319 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19320 function leaves it.
19322 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19323 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19324 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19325 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19326 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19327 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19328 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19329 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19331 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19333 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19334 Switch between Org buffers.
19335 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19336 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19338 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19339 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19343 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19345 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19347 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19348 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19349 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19350 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19354 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19355 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19357 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19359 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19360 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19361 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19365 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19370 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19371 Reload all org lisp files.
19372 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19374 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19376 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19377 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19383 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19384 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19385 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19386 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19387 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19780 4514))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19390 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19391 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19392 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19393 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19395 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19396 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19397 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19398 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19399 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19400 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19401 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19402 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19403 e Export views to associated files.
19404 s Search entries for keywords.
19405 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19406 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19407 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19408 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19409 > Remove a previous restriction.
19410 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19411 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19412 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19414 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19415 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19416 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19418 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19419 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19420 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19421 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19424 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19426 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19427 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19428 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19429 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19430 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19431 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19432 before running the agenda command.
19434 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19436 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19437 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19438 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19439 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19440 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19441 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19442 before running the agenda command.
19444 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19445 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19447 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19449 category The category of the item
19450 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19451 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19452 todo selected in TODO match
19453 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19454 diary imported from diary
19455 deadline a deadline on given date
19456 scheduled scheduled on given date
19457 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19458 closed entry was closed on given date
19459 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19460 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19461 block entry has date block including g. date
19462 todo The todo keyword, if any
19463 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19464 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19465 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19466 extra Sting with extra planning info
19467 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19468 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19469 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19471 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19473 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19476 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19478 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19479 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19481 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19483 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19484 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19485 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19486 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19488 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19489 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19490 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19493 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19494 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19495 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19497 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19498 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19500 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19502 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19503 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19505 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19506 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19507 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19508 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19511 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19512 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19513 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19514 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19515 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19516 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19518 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19519 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19520 including newlines.
19522 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19523 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19524 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19525 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19526 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19527 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19528 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19530 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19531 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19532 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19533 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19535 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19536 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19537 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19538 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19539 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19540 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19541 Boolean search must match as full words.
19543 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19544 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19546 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19548 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19549 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19550 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19551 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19552 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19553 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19557 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19558 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19559 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19561 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19563 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19564 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19565 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19566 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19567 `org-stuck-projects'.
19569 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19571 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19572 Return diary information from org-files.
19573 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19574 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19575 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19576 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19577 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19579 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19581 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19583 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19584 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19588 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19589 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19590 So the example above may also be written as
19592 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19594 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19595 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19596 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19598 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19600 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19601 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19603 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19605 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19606 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19607 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19611 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19612 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19613 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19616 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19617 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19619 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19620 for filtering entries out.
19622 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19623 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19625 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19626 (category \"Work\"))
19628 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19629 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19631 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19635 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19636 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19637 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19640 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19641 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19642 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19646 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19647 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19648 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19654 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19655 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19656 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19657 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19780
19659 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19661 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19662 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19664 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19666 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19667 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19669 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19671 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19672 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19674 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19676 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19677 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19679 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19681 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19682 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19683 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19687 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19688 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19689 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19690 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19691 command to convert it.
19693 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19695 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19696 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19697 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19698 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19699 cut-and-paste operations.
19700 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19701 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19702 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19703 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19705 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19707 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19708 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19710 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19713 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19714 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19715 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19716 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19717 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19718 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19719 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19720 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19721 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19722 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19723 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19724 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19725 publishing directory.
19727 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19731 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19775
19733 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19735 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19736 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19737 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19743 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19744 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
19745 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19747 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19748 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19754 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19755 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19775 2029))
19756 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19758 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19760 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19761 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19762 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19763 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19764 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19765 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19767 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19768 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19769 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19772 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19774 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19775 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19778 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19780 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19785 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19786 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19792 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19793 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19780 4514))
19794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19796 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19797 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19798 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19799 fontified, and then returned.
19801 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19803 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19804 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19810 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19811 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19775 2029))
19812 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19814 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19815 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19816 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19817 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19820 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19824 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19825 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19826 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19827 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19775 2029))
19828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19830 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19831 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19832 This function can be used in batch processing.
19837 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19838 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19842 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19843 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19844 No file is created.
19848 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19849 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19850 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19851 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19852 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19853 then use this command to convert it.
19855 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19857 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19858 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19859 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19860 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19861 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19862 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19863 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19864 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19865 could call this function in the following way:
19867 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19869 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19870 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19872 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19874 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19875 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19877 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19879 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19880 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19884 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19885 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19886 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19887 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19888 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19889 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19890 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19891 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19892 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19893 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19894 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19895 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19896 publishing directory.
19898 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19902 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19903 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19904 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
19905 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19907 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19908 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19909 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19910 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19911 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19913 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19914 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19915 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19919 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19920 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19921 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19922 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19923 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19924 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19925 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19926 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19929 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19932 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19933 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19934 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19935 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19937 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19938 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19939 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19940 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19942 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19943 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19944 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19946 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19947 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19948 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19951 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19953 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19954 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19960 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19961 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19775
19963 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19965 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19966 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19970 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19971 Get inbox items from FEED.
19972 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19973 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19975 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19977 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19978 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19982 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19983 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19989 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19990 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19775 2029))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19993 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19994 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19995 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19996 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19997 create a new footnote, interactively.
19998 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20000 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20002 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20003 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20004 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20005 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20006 Org-mode exporters.
20007 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20008 referenced sequence.
20010 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
20014 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20015 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20016 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20017 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19775 2029))
20018 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20020 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20021 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20022 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20023 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20024 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20025 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20026 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20027 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20028 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20029 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20030 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20031 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20034 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20036 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20039 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20041 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20043 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20044 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20045 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20047 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20049 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20050 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20051 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20052 have them in `org-mode'.
20054 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20055 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20056 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20057 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20058 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20059 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20061 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20063 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20064 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20066 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20068 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20069 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20071 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20076 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20077 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20078 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19780 4514))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20081 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20083 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20085 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20087 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20088 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20089 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20090 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20091 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20095 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20096 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20097 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20099 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20100 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20101 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20105 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20106 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20107 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20111 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20112 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20113 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20114 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20115 command to convert it.
20117 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20119 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20120 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20121 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20122 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20123 cut-and-paste operations.
20124 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20125 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20126 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20127 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20129 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20131 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20132 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20134 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20136 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20137 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20138 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20139 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20140 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20141 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20142 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20143 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20144 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20145 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20146 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20147 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20148 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20149 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20150 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20152 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20154 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20155 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20156 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20157 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20158 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20159 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20160 need into your CSS file.
20162 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20163 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20164 that uses these same face definitions.
20170 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20171 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20172 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20175 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20176 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20177 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20178 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20182 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20183 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20184 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20185 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20189 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20190 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20191 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20197 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20198 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20199 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20200 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20201 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20203 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20204 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20205 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20206 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20208 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20210 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20211 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20212 Create an ID if necessary.
20216 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20217 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20218 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20219 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20220 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20221 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20222 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20224 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20226 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20227 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20228 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20229 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20231 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20233 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20235 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20236 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20237 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20238 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20240 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20242 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20243 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20244 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20248 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20249 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20250 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20251 if there is no entry with that ID.
20252 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20254 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20256 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20257 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20261 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20262 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20268 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20269 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20270 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20272 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20273 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20275 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20276 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20277 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20283 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20284 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20285 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20287 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20288 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20294 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20295 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20296 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20297 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20298 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20300 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20301 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20305 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20306 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20307 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20311 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20312 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20313 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20317 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20318 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20319 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20320 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20321 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20322 then use this command to convert it.
20324 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20326 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20327 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20328 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20329 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20330 cut-and-paste operations.
20331 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20332 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20333 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20334 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20336 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20338 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20339 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20341 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20343 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20344 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20345 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20346 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20347 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20348 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20349 convert them as description lists.
20350 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20351 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20352 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20353 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20354 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20355 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20356 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20357 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20358 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20359 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20360 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20362 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20364 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20365 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20367 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20369 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20370 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20376 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20377 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19775
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20381 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20382 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20383 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20384 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20388 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20389 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20390 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20391 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20395 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20396 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20403 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20406 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20407 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20408 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20409 line directly before or after the table.
20411 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20415 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20416 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20417 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20420 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20422 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20425 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20427 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20428 Publish all projects.
20429 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20430 directory and force publishing all files.
20432 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20434 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20435 Publish the current file.
20436 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20438 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20440 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20441 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20442 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20445 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20449 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20450 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20451 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19780 4514))
20452 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20454 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20455 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20459 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20460 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20461 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20462 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20463 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20467 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20468 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20469 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20470 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20472 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20474 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20475 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20476 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20477 of the remember buffer.
20479 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20480 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20481 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20482 note stored by remember.
20484 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20485 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20487 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20489 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20490 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20491 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20492 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20493 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20494 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20495 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20496 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20497 process is used to select the target location.
20499 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20500 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20502 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20503 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20506 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20507 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20508 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20509 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20511 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20512 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20513 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20514 some additional data.
20516 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20517 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20518 \(i.e. after the stars).
20520 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20526 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20527 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19780 4514))
20528 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20530 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20531 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20535 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20536 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20540 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20541 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20542 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20543 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20544 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20546 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20551 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19775 2029))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20554 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20555 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20556 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20557 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20558 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20559 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20560 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20561 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20562 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20563 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20564 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20565 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20569 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20570 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20571 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20577 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20578 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20579 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20582 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20583 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20584 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20585 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20586 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20587 without user interaction.
20588 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20589 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20590 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20591 the region 0:00:00.
20593 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20595 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20596 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20597 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20598 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20599 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20600 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20601 that was not started at the correct moment.
20603 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20606 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20608 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20609 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20611 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20613 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20614 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20618 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20619 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20621 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20622 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20623 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20625 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20626 the duration of the timer.
20628 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20629 without prompting the user for a duration.
20631 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20632 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20633 replace any running timer.
20635 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20639 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20640 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
20641 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20643 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20644 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20645 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20647 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20651 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20652 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20654 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20656 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20657 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20658 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20659 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20661 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20662 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20663 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20664 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20666 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20667 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20668 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20669 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20670 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20671 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20673 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20674 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20675 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20677 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20678 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20679 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20680 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20681 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20682 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20683 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20684 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20685 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20686 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20687 The subheadings remain visible.
20688 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20690 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20691 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20692 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20694 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20695 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20699 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20700 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20701 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20702 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20705 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20709 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20710 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20711 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20712 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
20713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20715 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20716 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20717 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20718 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20719 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20721 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20722 activate the package system at any time.")
20724 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20726 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20727 Install the package named NAME.
20728 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20729 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20733 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20734 Install a package from the current buffer.
20735 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20736 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20737 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20739 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20740 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20741 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20743 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20745 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20746 Install a package from a file.
20747 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20751 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20752 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20753 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20754 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20756 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20758 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20759 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20761 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20763 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20764 Display a list of packages.
20765 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20766 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20770 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20774 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19775 2029))
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20777 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20778 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20779 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20782 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20784 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20786 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20787 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20788 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20789 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20791 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20792 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20798 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20799 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
20800 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20801 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20803 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20804 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20805 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20806 unknown are returned as nil.
20808 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20812 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19780
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20816 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20817 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20818 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20820 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20821 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20823 Other useful functions are:
20825 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20826 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20827 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20828 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20829 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20830 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20831 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20832 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20833 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20835 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20837 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20838 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20839 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20840 Indentation for case statements.
20841 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20842 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20844 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20845 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20846 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20847 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20848 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20849 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20850 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20851 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20852 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20853 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20855 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20856 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20858 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20859 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20865 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20866 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19775 2029))
20867 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20869 (defvar password-cache t "\
20870 Whether to cache passwords.")
20872 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20874 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20875 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20876 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20878 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20882 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20883 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
20884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20886 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20887 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20888 The keys affected are:
20889 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20890 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20891 M-Backspace does undo.
20892 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20893 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20894 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20900 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20901 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
20902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20904 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20905 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20906 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20909 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20911 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20913 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20914 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20916 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20918 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20919 which modify the status of the mark.
20921 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20922 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20924 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20925 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20927 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20928 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20929 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20930 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20931 turning PC Selection mode on.
20933 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20934 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20936 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20937 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20938 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20940 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20941 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20942 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20944 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20945 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20947 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20948 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20949 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20951 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20952 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20953 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20959 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20960 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20968 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20971 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20972 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20973 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20975 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20976 _ matches anything.
20977 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20978 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20979 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20980 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20981 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20982 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20984 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20985 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20986 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20987 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20988 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20989 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20991 PRED can take the form
20992 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20993 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20994 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20995 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20996 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20997 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20998 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21000 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21002 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21004 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21005 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21006 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21007 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21009 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21011 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21013 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21014 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21015 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21016 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21018 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21020 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21024 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19775
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21028 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21029 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21035 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21036 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19775 2029))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21039 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21040 Completion for `gzip'.
21044 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21045 Completion for `bzip2'.
21049 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21050 Completion for GNU `make'.
21054 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21055 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21059 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21063 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21064 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19775 2029))
21065 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21067 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21068 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21072 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21073 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21077 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21078 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21084 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19775
21086 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21088 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21089 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21095 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21096 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21097 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19775 2029))
21098 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21100 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21101 Completion for `cd'.
21105 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21107 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21108 Completion for `rmdir'.
21112 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21113 Completion for `rm'.
21117 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21118 Completion for `xargs'.
21122 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21124 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21125 Completion for `which'.
21129 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21130 Completion for the `chown' command.
21134 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21135 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21139 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21140 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21144 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21145 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21146 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21152 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21153 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21154 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19775
21156 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21158 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21159 Support extensible programmable completion.
21160 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21161 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21163 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21166 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21170 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21171 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21172 This will modify the current buffer.
21176 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21177 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21181 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21182 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21183 This will modify the current buffer.
21187 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21188 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21192 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21193 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21197 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21198 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21199 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21200 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21201 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21203 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21205 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21206 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21212 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21213 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21214 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19775 2030))
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21217 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21218 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21219 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21220 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21222 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21224 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21227 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21228 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21229 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21230 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21231 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21234 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21237 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21238 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21239 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21240 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21241 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21242 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21243 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21245 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21247 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21248 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21249 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21250 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21251 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21252 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21253 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21256 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21258 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21259 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21260 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21261 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21262 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21263 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21264 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21266 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21268 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21269 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21270 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21272 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21274 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21275 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21276 A value of nil means never do it.
21277 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21278 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21279 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21281 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21283 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21284 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21285 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19780 4514))
21290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21292 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21296 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21297 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
21298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21299 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21300 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21301 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21302 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21303 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21304 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21306 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21307 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21308 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21309 Tab indents for Perl code.
21310 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21311 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21312 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21314 Variables controlling indentation style:
21315 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21316 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21317 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21318 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21319 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21320 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21321 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21323 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21324 `perl-indent-level'
21325 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21326 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21327 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21328 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21329 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21330 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21331 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21332 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21333 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21334 `perl-brace-offset'
21335 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21336 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21337 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21338 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21339 `perl-label-offset'
21340 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21341 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21342 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21344 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21345 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21346 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21347 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21348 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21349 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21350 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21352 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21358 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21359 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
21360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21362 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21363 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21364 \\<picture-mode-map>
21365 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21366 afterwards settable by these commands:
21368 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21369 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21370 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21371 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21373 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21374 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21375 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21376 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21378 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21379 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21380 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21381 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21383 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21384 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21385 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21386 with these commands:
21388 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21389 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21390 Move to column following last
21391 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21392 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21393 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21394 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21395 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21396 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21398 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21400 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21401 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21402 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21403 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21404 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21405 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21407 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21408 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21409 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21410 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21411 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21412 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21413 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21415 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21416 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21417 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21418 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21419 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21420 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21421 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21422 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21424 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21425 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21426 by supplying an argument.
21428 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21430 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21431 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21435 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21439 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21440 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
21441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21443 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21444 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21445 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21447 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21451 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19775 2029))
21452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21454 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21455 Play pong and waste time.
21456 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21457 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21459 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21467 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19775 2028))
21468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21470 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21471 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21472 Use streaming commands.
21474 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21478 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21479 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21480 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21483 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21484 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21485 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21486 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21488 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21490 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21491 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21495 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21496 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21497 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21498 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21499 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21501 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21503 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21504 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21505 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21507 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21510 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21512 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21515 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21516 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21517 Ignores leading comment characters.
21521 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21522 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21523 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21524 Ignores leading comment characters.
21530 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21531 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21532 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21533 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21534 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21535 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21536 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21537 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21538 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21539 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21540 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21541 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21542 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21543 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21544 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21545 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21546 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21547 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21548 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
21549 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21551 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21552 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21554 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21556 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21560 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21561 Preview directory using ghostview.
21563 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21564 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21565 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21566 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21568 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21569 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21570 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21571 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21572 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21575 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21577 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21579 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21580 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21582 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21583 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21584 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21585 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21587 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21588 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21589 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21590 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21591 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21594 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21596 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21599 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21601 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21602 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21603 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21604 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21606 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21607 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21608 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21609 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21610 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21613 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21615 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21618 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21620 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21622 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21623 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21624 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21625 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21627 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21628 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21629 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21630 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21631 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21634 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21636 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21638 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21639 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21641 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21642 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21643 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21645 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21646 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21647 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21648 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21650 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21653 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21655 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21656 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21657 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21659 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21660 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21661 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21662 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21664 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21666 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21667 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21669 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21670 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21671 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21673 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21674 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21675 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21676 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21678 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21680 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21681 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21683 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21685 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21686 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21687 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21689 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21690 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21691 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21692 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21694 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21696 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21697 Preview region using ghostview.
21699 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21701 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21704 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21706 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21708 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21711 Print region using PostScript printer.
21713 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21715 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21718 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21720 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21722 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21725 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21727 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21729 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21732 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21734 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21736 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21738 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21739 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21741 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21743 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21745 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21746 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21748 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21750 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21753 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21754 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21755 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21757 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21760 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21761 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21763 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21765 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21767 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21768 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21769 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21770 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21774 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21775 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21776 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21777 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21781 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21782 Print directory using text printer.
21784 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21787 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21788 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21790 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21792 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21795 Print buffer using text printer.
21799 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21800 Print region using text printer.
21804 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21805 Print major mode using text printer.
21809 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21810 Preview spooled PostScript.
21812 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21813 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21814 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21816 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21817 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21818 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21820 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21822 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21823 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21825 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21826 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21827 instead of sending it to the printer.
21829 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21830 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21831 image in a file with that name.
21833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21835 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21836 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21838 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21839 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21840 instead of sending it to the printer.
21842 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21843 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21844 image in a file with that name.
21846 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21849 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21851 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21852 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21853 instead of sending it to the printer.
21855 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21856 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21857 image in a file with that name.
21859 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21862 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21864 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21866 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21867 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21869 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21871 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21872 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21874 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21876 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21877 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21879 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21882 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21884 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21886 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21887 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21889 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21890 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21891 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21892 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21894 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21895 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21896 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21897 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21898 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21899 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21902 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21905 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21909 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21910 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21912 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21914 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21919 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21920 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21924 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21925 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21929 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21930 Toggle printing with faces.
21934 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21939 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21944 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21947 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21949 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21954 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21959 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21960 Toggle upside-down.
21964 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21965 Toggle line number.
21969 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21970 Toggle zebra stripes.
21974 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21975 Toggle printing header.
21979 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21980 Toggle printing header frame.
21984 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21989 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21990 Toggle auto region.
21994 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21999 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22000 Customization of the `printing' group.
22002 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22004 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22005 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22007 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22009 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22010 Help for the printing package.
22012 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22014 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22015 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22019 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22020 Interactively select a text printer.
22024 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22025 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22029 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22030 Show current ps-print settings.
22032 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22035 Show current printing settings.
22037 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22040 Show current lpr settings.
22042 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22044 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22045 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22047 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22048 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22049 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22050 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22053 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22055 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22056 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22057 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
22059 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22060 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22061 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22062 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
22063 current active printer.
22065 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22066 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22067 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22070 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22071 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22072 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22073 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22074 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22077 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22078 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22080 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22082 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22083 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22084 be done using the new current active printer.
22086 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22087 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22090 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22091 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22092 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22093 instead of sending it to the printer.
22095 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22096 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22099 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22102 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22105 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22107 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22108 Fast fire function for text printing.
22110 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22111 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22112 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22113 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22115 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22116 user for a new active text printer.
22118 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22120 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22122 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22123 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22126 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22128 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22131 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22135 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19775 2029))
22136 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22138 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22139 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22140 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22141 information will be displayed but not selected.
22142 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22144 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22151 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (19780 4514))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22154 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22155 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22157 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22158 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22160 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22162 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22163 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22166 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22167 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22168 if that value is non-nil.
22172 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22173 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22174 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22178 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22179 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22180 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22186 ;;;### (autoloads (open-protocol-stream) "proto-stream" "gnus/proto-stream.el"
22187 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
22188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/proto-stream.el
22190 (autoload 'open-protocol-stream "proto-stream" "\
22191 Open a network stream to HOST, upgrading to STARTTLS if possible.
22192 The first four parameters have the same meaning as in
22193 `open-network-stream'. The function returns a list where the
22194 first element is the stream, the second element is the greeting
22195 the server replied with after connecting, and the third element
22196 is a string representing the capabilities of the server (if any).
22198 The PARAMETERS is a keyword list that can have the following
22201 :type -- either `network', `network-only, `tls', `shell' or
22202 `starttls'. If omitted, the default is `network'. `network'
22203 will be opportunistically upgraded to STARTTLS if both the server
22204 and Emacs supports it. If you don't want STARTTLS upgrades, use
22207 :end-of-command -- a regexp saying what the end of a command is.
22208 This defaults to \"\\n\".
22210 :success -- a regexp saying whether the STARTTLS command was
22211 successful or not. For instance, for NNTP this is \"^3\".
22213 :capability-command -- a string representing the command used to
22214 query server for capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this is
22215 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
22217 :starttls-function -- a function that takes one parameter, which
22218 is the response to the capaibility command. It should return nil
22219 if it turns out that the server doesn't support STARTTLS, or the
22220 command to switch on STARTTLS otherwise.
22222 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22226 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19780
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22230 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22231 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22232 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22234 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22238 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19780
22240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22242 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22243 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22245 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22247 The following variables hold user options, and can
22248 be set through the `customize' command:
22250 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22252 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22253 `ps-mode-print-function'
22255 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22259 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22262 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22268 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22269 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22270 The keymap for this second window is:
22272 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22275 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22276 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22277 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22278 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22279 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22285 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22286 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22287 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22288 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22289 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22290 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19780
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22294 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22295 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22296 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22298 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22300 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22301 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22302 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22303 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22305 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22307 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22308 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22312 nil Do not print colors.
22316 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22317 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22319 Any other value is treated as t.")
22321 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22323 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22324 Customization of ps-print group.
22328 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22329 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22331 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22332 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22333 sending it to the printer.
22335 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22336 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22337 image in a file with that name.
22339 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22341 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22342 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22343 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22344 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22345 so it has a way to determine color values.
22347 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22349 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22350 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22351 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22353 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22355 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22356 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22357 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22358 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22359 so it has a way to determine color values.
22361 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22363 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22364 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22365 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22366 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22368 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22372 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22373 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22374 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22375 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22376 so it has a way to determine color values.
22378 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22382 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22383 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22384 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22386 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22390 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22391 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22392 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22393 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22394 so it has a way to determine color values.
22396 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22400 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22401 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22403 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22404 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22405 instead of sending it to the printer.
22407 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22408 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22409 image in a file with that name.
22411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22413 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22414 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22415 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22416 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22417 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22421 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22422 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22423 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22425 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22427 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22428 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22429 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22431 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22433 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22434 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22438 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22439 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22441 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22442 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22444 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22445 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22447 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22449 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22451 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22453 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22454 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22456 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22457 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22459 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22460 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22462 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22464 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22466 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22468 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22469 foreground and background colors respectively.
22471 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22472 bold - use bold font.
22473 italic - use italic font.
22474 underline - put a line under text.
22475 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22476 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22477 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22478 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22479 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22481 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22483 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22488 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19780 4514))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22491 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22493 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22495 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22497 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22498 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22499 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
22500 show the buffer automatically.
22502 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
22503 Python command line (default is `python-command').
22505 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
22506 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
22507 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
22508 switch to that buffer.
22510 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22511 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22512 process buffer for a list of commands.
22514 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
22515 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
22516 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
22518 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22520 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22521 Major mode for editing Python files.
22522 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22523 for correct parsing of the source.
22524 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22525 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22526 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22528 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22529 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22530 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22531 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22532 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22533 \\<python-mode-map>
22534 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22535 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22536 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22537 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22538 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22539 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22541 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22542 effect outside them.
22544 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22545 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22546 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22547 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22548 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22549 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22550 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22551 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22552 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22554 \\{python-mode-map}
22558 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22559 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22560 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22561 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22565 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22566 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22567 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22568 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22569 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22570 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22572 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22573 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22574 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22575 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22576 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22577 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22580 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22581 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22582 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22583 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22584 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22586 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22587 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22588 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22589 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22590 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22591 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22592 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22595 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22596 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22597 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22598 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22599 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22600 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22603 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22607 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22608 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
22609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22611 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22612 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22613 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22616 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22617 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22619 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22620 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22621 them into characters should be done separately.
22623 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22627 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22628 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22629 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22630 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22631 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19780 45051))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22634 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22635 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22639 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22640 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22641 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22643 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22644 `quail-activate', which see.
22646 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22648 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22649 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22650 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22651 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22652 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22653 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22654 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22656 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22657 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22658 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22659 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22660 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22662 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22664 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22665 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22666 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22667 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22668 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22669 list of candidates.
22671 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22672 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22673 command to be called.
22675 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22676 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22677 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22678 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22680 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22681 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22682 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22683 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22684 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22687 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22688 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22689 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22690 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22692 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22693 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22694 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22695 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22697 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22698 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22699 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22700 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22701 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22702 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22704 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22705 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22706 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22707 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22708 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22709 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22711 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22712 covers Quail translation region.
22714 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22715 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22716 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22717 for it) is inserted.
22719 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22720 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22721 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22723 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22724 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22725 non-Quail commands.
22727 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22729 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22730 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22732 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22733 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22734 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22735 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22736 you type is correctly handled.
22738 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22740 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22741 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22743 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22746 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22748 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22749 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22750 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22751 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22752 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22753 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22754 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22755 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22756 for the translation.
22757 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22759 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22760 it is used to handle KEY.
22762 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22763 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22764 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22765 the following annotation types are supported.
22767 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22768 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22770 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22773 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22774 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22775 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22778 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22779 generated for the following translations.
22781 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22783 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22784 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22786 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22787 which to install MAP.
22789 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22791 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22793 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22794 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22796 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22797 which to install MAP.
22799 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22801 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22803 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22804 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22805 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22806 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22807 a function, or a cons.
22808 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22809 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22810 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22811 for the translation.
22812 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22813 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22814 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22815 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22816 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22818 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22819 it is used to handle KEY.
22821 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22822 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22823 current Quail package.
22825 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22826 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22828 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22830 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22831 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22833 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22834 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22836 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22838 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22839 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22841 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22843 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22844 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22845 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22846 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22847 of the Emacs source tree.
22849 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22850 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22852 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22853 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22856 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22860 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22861 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22862 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19775
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22866 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22867 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22868 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22869 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22871 To make use of this do something like:
22873 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22875 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22877 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22878 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22880 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22881 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22882 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22884 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22886 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22887 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22889 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22891 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22892 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22894 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22897 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22899 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22900 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22902 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22903 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22904 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22906 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22908 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22909 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22911 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22913 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22914 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22918 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22919 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22921 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22923 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22927 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22928 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22934 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22935 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19780 4514))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22938 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22939 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22941 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22943 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22947 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22949 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22952 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22954 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22955 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22956 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22958 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22959 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22961 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22963 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22964 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19775
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22974 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22975 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22978 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22983 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22986 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22988 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22989 Construct a regexp interactively.
22995 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19775 2029))
22996 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22998 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22999 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23000 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23002 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23003 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23005 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23007 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23008 Toggle recentf mode.
23009 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
23010 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
23012 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
23013 that were operated on recently.
23015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23019 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23020 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23021 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23022 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23023 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
23024 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23025 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23026 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23027 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23028 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23029 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23030 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23031 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23033 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23034 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23035 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23036 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23039 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23040 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23043 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23045 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23046 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23047 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23049 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23050 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23053 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23055 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23056 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23057 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23059 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23061 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23062 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23064 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23065 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23067 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23070 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23071 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23072 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23073 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23076 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23078 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23079 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23083 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23084 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23085 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23086 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23087 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23088 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23089 and point is at the lower right corner.
23091 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23093 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23094 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23096 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23097 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23099 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23100 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23101 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23103 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23105 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23107 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23108 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23109 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23110 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23111 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23113 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23114 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23116 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23118 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23119 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23120 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23122 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23124 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23126 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23128 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23129 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23131 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23132 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23133 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23135 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23137 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23138 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23139 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23141 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23142 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23143 rectangle which were empty.
23145 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23147 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23148 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23150 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23151 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23152 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23153 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23155 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23159 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19775
23161 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23163 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23164 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23165 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23167 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23168 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23169 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23175 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23176 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19775 2030))
23177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23179 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23180 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23184 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23185 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23187 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23188 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23190 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23191 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23192 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23195 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23196 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23197 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23199 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23200 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23201 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23203 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23204 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23206 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23207 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23209 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23210 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23213 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23217 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23218 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23219 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23225 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23226 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
23227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23229 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23230 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23231 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23232 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23233 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23234 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23236 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23238 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23240 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23241 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23242 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23243 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23244 `reftex-cite-format'.
23246 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23247 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23248 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23249 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23251 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23255 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23256 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
23257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23259 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23260 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23261 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23262 the current TeX document.
23264 With no argument, this command toggles
23265 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23266 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23273 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23276 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23277 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23278 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23280 To insert new phrases, use
23281 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23282 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23284 To index phrases use one of:
23286 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23287 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23288 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23289 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23290 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23292 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23293 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23295 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23297 Here are all local bindings.
23299 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23305 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23306 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
23307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23309 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23310 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23311 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23314 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19775
23320 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23321 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23322 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23323 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23324 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23329 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23332 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23333 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23334 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23335 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23336 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23337 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23339 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23340 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23342 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23344 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23345 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23347 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23349 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23350 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23351 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23352 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23354 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23358 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23359 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23360 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
23361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23363 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23364 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23365 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23366 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23368 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23370 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23372 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23373 Call `remember' in another frame.
23375 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23377 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23378 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23379 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23384 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23385 Extract diary entries from the region.
23391 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19775 2029))
23392 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23394 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23395 Repeat most recently executed command.
23396 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23397 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23398 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23400 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23401 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23402 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23403 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23405 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23406 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23407 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23409 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23413 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23414 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
23415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23417 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23418 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23420 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23421 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23422 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23423 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23424 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23425 and point is left after the salutation.
23427 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23428 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23429 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23430 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23431 left after that text.
23433 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23436 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23437 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23438 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23439 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23441 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23445 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23446 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
23447 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23449 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23450 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23451 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23452 visibility of comments that precede it.
23453 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23454 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23455 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23456 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23457 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23458 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23459 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23460 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23462 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23463 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23464 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23465 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23466 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23472 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23473 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23476 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23477 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23478 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23480 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23481 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23482 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23486 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23487 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23488 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23491 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23493 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23495 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23496 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23497 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23499 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23500 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23501 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23507 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23508 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
23509 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23511 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23512 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23516 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23517 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23519 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23523 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19775 2029))
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23525 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23527 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23528 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23529 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23530 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23532 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23534 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23535 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23536 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23537 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23539 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23540 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23542 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23543 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23545 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23546 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23549 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23550 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23551 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23552 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23553 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23555 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23556 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23557 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23558 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23560 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23561 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23564 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23568 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23569 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23570 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23571 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23572 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23573 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19780
23575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23577 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23578 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23579 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23581 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23583 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23584 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23585 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23586 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23587 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23588 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23589 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23591 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23592 sent by you under different user names.
23593 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23595 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23597 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23599 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23600 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23601 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23602 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23603 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23605 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23606 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23608 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23610 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23611 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23612 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23613 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23614 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23615 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23616 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23618 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23619 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23620 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23621 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23622 which normally happens once for each message,
23623 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23624 To make a change in this variable take effect
23625 for a message that you have already viewed,
23626 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23628 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23630 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23631 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23632 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23633 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23635 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23637 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23638 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23640 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23642 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23643 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23644 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23646 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23648 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23649 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23650 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23651 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23652 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23653 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23655 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23657 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23658 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23660 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23662 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23663 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23665 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23667 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23668 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23670 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23671 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23673 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23675 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23676 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23678 This is set to nil by default.")
23680 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23681 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23682 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23683 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23684 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23685 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23686 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23688 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23689 Read and edit incoming mail.
23690 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23691 file in RMAIL Mode.
23692 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23694 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23695 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23696 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23697 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23699 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23701 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23703 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23704 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23705 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23706 Instead, these commands are available:
23708 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23709 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23710 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23711 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23712 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23713 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23714 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23715 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23716 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23717 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23718 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23719 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23720 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23721 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23722 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23723 till a deleted message is found.
23724 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23725 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23726 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23727 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23728 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23729 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23730 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23731 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23732 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23733 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23734 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23735 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23736 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23737 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23738 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23739 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23740 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23741 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23742 (label defaults to last one specified).
23743 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23744 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23745 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23746 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23747 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23748 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23749 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23750 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23751 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23755 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23756 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23760 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23761 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23763 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23767 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23768 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19780 4513))
23769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23770 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23772 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23773 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23774 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23775 case it writes Babyl.
23777 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23778 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23779 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23780 `rmail-default-file'.
23782 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23783 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23784 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23786 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23787 the header display is currently pruned.
23789 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23790 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23791 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23792 messages after output.
23794 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23795 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23796 message (if writing a file directly).
23798 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23799 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23801 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23803 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23804 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23805 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23806 i) the header is output as currently seen
23807 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23808 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23810 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23811 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23812 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23814 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23816 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23817 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23818 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23819 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23820 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23821 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23822 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23824 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23825 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23826 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23828 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23832 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23833 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23836 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23837 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23840 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23844 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23845 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23848 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23849 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23850 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23851 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23857 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23861 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23862 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23864 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23865 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23866 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23867 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23868 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23869 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23870 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23871 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23872 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23873 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23875 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23876 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23877 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23878 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23879 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23880 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23881 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23882 to use for finding the schema.
23884 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23888 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19775
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23892 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23894 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23895 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23896 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23897 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23898 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23899 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23900 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23901 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23902 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23903 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23904 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23905 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23906 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23907 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23908 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23909 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23912 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23916 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23917 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19763 27286))
23918 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23920 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23921 Define a robin package.
23923 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23924 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23925 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23926 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23928 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23929 one replaces the old one.
23931 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23933 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23934 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23936 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23937 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23938 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23940 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23942 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23943 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23945 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23949 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23950 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19775 2029))
23951 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23953 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23954 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23956 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23958 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23959 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23961 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23963 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23964 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23966 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23968 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23969 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23970 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23972 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23973 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23976 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23980 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23981 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23987 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23988 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
23989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23990 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23992 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23993 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23995 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23996 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23997 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23998 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23999 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24001 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24002 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24003 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24004 font-locking of blocks.
24010 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24012 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24013 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24014 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24015 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24017 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24018 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24019 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24025 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24026 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24029 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24030 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24031 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24032 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24033 nesting into account.
24035 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24041 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24043 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24047 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19775
24049 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24051 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24052 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24053 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24055 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24057 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
24059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24063 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19775
24065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24067 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24068 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24069 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24070 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24072 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24074 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24075 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24076 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24078 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24079 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24080 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24082 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24086 matches string STRING literally.
24089 matches character CHAR literally.
24091 `not-newline', `nonl'
24092 matches any character except a newline.
24095 matches any character
24100 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24101 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24102 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24104 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24105 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24106 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24107 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24109 `(not (any SET ...))'
24110 matches any character not in SET ...
24112 `line-start', `bol'
24113 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24114 in the text being matched
24117 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24119 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24120 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24121 string being matched against.
24123 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24124 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24125 string being matched against.
24128 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24129 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24132 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24133 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24136 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24138 `word-start', `bow'
24139 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24142 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24145 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24148 `(not word-boundary)'
24149 `not-word-boundary'
24150 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24154 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24157 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24159 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24160 matches 0 through 9.
24163 matches ASCII control characters.
24165 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24166 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24169 matches space and tab only.
24172 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24175 `printing', `print'
24176 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24179 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24180 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24181 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24183 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24184 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24185 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24188 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24191 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24193 `lower', `lower-case'
24194 matches anything lower-case.
24196 `upper', `upper-case'
24197 matches anything upper-case.
24199 `punctuation', `punct'
24200 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24201 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24203 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24204 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24207 matches anything that has word syntax.
24210 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24213 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24214 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24215 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24217 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24218 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24221 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24222 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24223 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24224 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24225 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24227 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24228 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24229 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24230 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24231 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24233 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24234 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24236 `(category CATEGORY)'
24237 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24238 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24240 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24241 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24242 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24243 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24247 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24248 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24249 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24250 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24251 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24252 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24253 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24254 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24255 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24256 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24257 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24258 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24259 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24260 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24269 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24273 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24275 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24280 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24281 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24283 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24284 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24285 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24286 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24287 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24289 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24290 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24291 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24292 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24294 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24295 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24296 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24297 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24298 regular expression.
24300 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24301 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24302 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24303 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24304 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24306 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24307 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24309 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24310 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24312 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24314 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24317 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24318 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24321 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24322 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24324 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24326 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24329 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24332 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24334 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24335 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24337 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24340 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24343 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24347 matches N occurrences.
24350 matches N or more occurrences.
24352 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24353 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24354 matches N to M occurrences.
24357 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24360 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24364 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24366 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24370 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19780
24372 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24374 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24375 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24376 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24379 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24381 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24383 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24384 Toggle savehist-mode.
24385 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24386 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24387 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24388 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24390 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24391 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24392 which is probably undesirable.
24394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24402 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24403 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24404 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24406 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24407 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24408 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24409 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24410 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24411 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24412 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24413 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24416 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24417 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24418 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24419 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24420 if that value is non-nil.
24424 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24425 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24426 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24430 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24431 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24432 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24433 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24434 that variable's value is a string.
24440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24441 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
24442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24444 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24445 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24446 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24448 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24454 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24455 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24458 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24459 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24460 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24463 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24465 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24467 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24468 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24469 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24470 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24471 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24477 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24478 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
24479 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24481 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24482 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24483 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24484 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24485 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19775 2029))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24494 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24495 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24499 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24500 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19775 2027))
24501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24503 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24504 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24505 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24507 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24508 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24509 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24510 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24511 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24512 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24513 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24514 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24515 keybinding for tag names.")
24517 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24519 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24520 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24521 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24522 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24523 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24524 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24526 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24528 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24529 Toggle Semantic mode.
24530 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24532 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24533 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24534 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24535 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24538 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24544 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24545 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose mail-default-headers
24546 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24547 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24548 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24549 ;;;;;; mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator
24550 ;;;;;; send-mail-function mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
24551 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19775 2029))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24554 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24555 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24557 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24559 If `parens', they look like:
24560 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24561 If `angles', they look like:
24562 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24564 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24565 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24567 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24569 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24570 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24571 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24572 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24574 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24575 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24576 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24577 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24579 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24581 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24582 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24583 This is done when the message is initialized,
24584 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24586 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24588 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24589 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24590 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24592 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24594 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24596 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24597 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24598 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24599 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24600 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24601 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24602 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24604 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24605 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24607 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24608 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24610 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24612 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24613 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24614 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24617 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24619 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24620 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24621 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24622 when you first send mail.")
24624 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24626 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24627 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24628 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24629 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24630 This file need not actually exist.")
24632 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24634 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24635 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24637 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24639 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24640 Alist of mail address aliases,
24641 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24642 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24643 can specify a different file name.)
24644 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24645 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24647 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24648 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24649 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24651 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24653 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24654 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24655 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24657 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24659 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24660 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24661 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24662 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24663 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24664 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24665 in the cited portion of the message.
24667 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24668 instead of no action.")
24670 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24672 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24673 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24674 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24675 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24676 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24678 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24680 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24681 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24682 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24683 If a string, that string is inserted.
24684 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24685 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24686 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24687 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24689 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24691 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24692 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24694 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24696 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24697 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24698 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24700 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24701 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24703 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24705 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24706 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24707 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24708 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24710 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24712 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24714 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24717 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24719 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24720 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24721 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24723 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24724 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24726 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24727 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24728 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24729 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24730 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24731 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24732 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24733 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24734 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24735 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24736 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24737 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24738 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24742 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24743 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24744 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24745 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24747 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24749 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24750 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24751 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24752 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24753 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24754 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24756 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24757 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24758 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24760 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24761 User should not set this variable manually,
24762 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24763 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24764 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24765 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24766 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24768 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24769 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24770 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24771 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24773 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24774 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24777 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24779 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24780 to move to message header fields:
24783 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24784 when the message is initialized.
24786 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24787 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24789 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24792 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24793 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24795 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24796 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24797 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24798 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24799 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24800 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24801 buffer without erasing the contents.
24803 The second through fifth arguments,
24804 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24805 the initial contents of those header fields.
24806 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24807 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24808 original message being replied to, or else an action
24809 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24810 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24811 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24812 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24813 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24814 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24816 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24818 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24819 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24821 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24823 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24824 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24826 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24830 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24831 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19780
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24835 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24837 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24839 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24841 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24842 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24843 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24844 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24845 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24846 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24848 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24849 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24851 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24852 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24853 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24855 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24858 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24860 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24861 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24862 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24863 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24865 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24867 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24868 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24869 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24872 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24874 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24876 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24877 Toggle Server mode.
24878 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24879 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24880 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24884 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24885 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24886 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24888 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24889 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24891 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24895 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19780 4514))
24896 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24898 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24899 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24900 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24904 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24905 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24906 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24907 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24913 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24914 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
24915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24917 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24918 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24920 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24923 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24924 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24925 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24927 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24928 in your `.emacs' file.
24930 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24932 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24933 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24938 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24939 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24940 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24941 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24942 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24943 which this is based.
24945 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24947 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24948 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24949 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24950 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24952 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24953 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24954 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24956 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24957 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24958 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24959 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24961 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24962 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24963 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24964 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24966 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24968 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24969 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24970 To work around that, do:
24971 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24979 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24980 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24982 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24984 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24985 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24986 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24987 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24988 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24989 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24991 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24992 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24993 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24994 shell-specific features.
24996 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24997 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24998 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25000 \\[sh-case] case statement
25001 \\[sh-for] for loop
25002 \\[sh-function] function definition
25003 \\[sh-if] if statement
25004 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25005 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25006 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25007 \\[sh-select] select loop
25008 \\[sh-until] until loop
25009 \\[sh-while] while loop
25011 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25012 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25013 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25014 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25015 would indent to the way it currently is.
25016 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25017 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25020 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25021 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25022 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25023 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25024 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25025 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25027 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25029 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25031 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25032 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25033 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25035 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25036 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25040 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25044 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19775 2029))
25045 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25047 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25048 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25049 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25050 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25051 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25052 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25054 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25058 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25059 ;;;;;; (19781 20658))
25060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25062 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25063 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25065 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25066 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25067 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25069 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25070 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25071 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25072 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25075 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25077 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25079 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25080 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25081 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25083 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25084 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25086 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25087 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25088 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25089 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25090 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25091 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25092 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25095 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25096 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25097 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25098 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25099 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25101 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25102 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25104 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25108 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25109 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19775
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25113 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25114 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25115 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25116 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25117 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25118 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25119 sites in the cluster.
25123 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25124 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25125 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25126 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25127 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25131 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25132 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25133 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25134 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25135 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25136 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25137 `shadow-define-cluster').
25141 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25142 Set up file shadowing.
25148 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25149 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
25150 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25152 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25153 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25154 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25155 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25156 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25159 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25161 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25162 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25163 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25164 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25165 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25167 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25168 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25169 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25170 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25171 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25172 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25173 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25174 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25175 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25176 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25177 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25179 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25180 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25181 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25182 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25183 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25184 `default-process-coding-system'.
25186 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25187 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25188 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25189 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25191 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25194 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25198 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19780
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25202 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25205 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25209 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25210 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19775 2028))
25211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25213 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25216 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25218 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25221 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25223 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25226 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25230 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25231 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
25232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25234 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25235 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25236 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25237 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25238 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25240 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19775
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25250 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25251 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25252 \\{simula-mode-map}
25253 Variables controlling indentation style:
25254 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25255 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25256 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25257 `simula-indent-level'
25258 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25259 `simula-substatement-offset'
25260 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25261 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25262 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25263 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25264 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25265 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25266 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25267 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25268 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25269 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25270 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25271 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25272 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25273 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25274 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25275 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25276 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25277 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25278 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25279 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25280 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25281 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25282 or nil if they should not be changed.
25283 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25284 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25285 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25286 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25288 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25289 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25295 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25296 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19775 2030))
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25299 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25300 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25302 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25303 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25304 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25305 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25307 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25309 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25311 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25312 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25313 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25314 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25315 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25317 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25318 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25320 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25322 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25323 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25325 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25326 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25327 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25328 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25330 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25331 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25332 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25333 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25335 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25336 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25337 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25339 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25340 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25342 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25343 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25345 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25346 _ interesting point, interregion here
25347 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25348 interesting point set by _
25349 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25350 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25351 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25352 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25353 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25354 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25357 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25358 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25360 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25361 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25362 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25363 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25364 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25365 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25366 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25367 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25369 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25370 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25371 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25372 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25373 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25376 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25377 then: insert previously read string once more
25378 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25379 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25380 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25382 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25383 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25385 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25387 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25388 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25390 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25391 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25392 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25393 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25394 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25397 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25398 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25399 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25405 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25406 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19775 2030))
25407 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25409 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25410 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25411 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25414 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25416 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25417 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25418 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25422 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25423 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25424 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25430 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25431 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
25432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25434 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25435 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25436 A list of images is returned.
25438 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25440 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25441 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25442 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25448 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25449 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19775 2029))
25450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25452 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25457 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25458 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25464 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19775 2029))
25465 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25467 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25468 Play the Snake game.
25469 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25471 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25473 Snake mode keybindings:
25475 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25476 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25477 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25478 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25479 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25480 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25481 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25487 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25488 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
25489 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25491 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25492 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25493 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25494 Tab indents for C code.
25495 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25496 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25498 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25503 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25504 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25505 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25506 Tab indents for C code.
25507 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25508 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25510 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25511 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25517 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19780
25519 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25521 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25522 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25523 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25524 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25525 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25527 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25533 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19775
25535 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25537 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25540 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25541 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25542 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25543 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25544 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25545 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25546 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25547 check after each move or undo.)
25551 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25552 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25553 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25572 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25573 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25574 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25575 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25577 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25578 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25579 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25582 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25583 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25585 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25601 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25603 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25609 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25610 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25611 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19780 4514))
25612 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25613 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25615 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25616 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25618 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25619 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25620 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25621 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25624 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25625 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25629 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25630 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25632 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25633 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25634 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25635 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25638 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25639 It should move point to the end of the record.
25641 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25642 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25643 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25644 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25645 starts at the beginning of the record.
25647 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25648 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25651 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25652 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25654 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25656 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25657 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25658 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25659 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25660 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25663 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25665 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25666 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25667 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25668 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25669 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25672 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25674 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25675 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25676 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25677 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25678 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25681 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25682 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25684 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25685 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25686 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25687 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25688 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25689 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25690 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25691 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25692 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25694 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25696 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25697 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25698 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25699 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25700 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25701 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25702 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25705 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25707 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25708 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25709 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25710 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25711 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25712 is to be used for sorting.
25713 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25714 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25715 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25716 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25717 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25719 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25721 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25724 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25725 starting with the letter \"f\",
25726 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25728 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25730 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25731 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25732 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25733 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25734 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25735 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25736 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25739 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25740 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25741 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25742 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25743 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25745 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25747 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25748 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25749 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25751 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19780
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25759 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25760 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25761 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25762 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25763 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25764 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25766 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25770 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25771 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25772 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19780 4513))
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25775 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25776 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25778 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25779 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25780 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25782 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25784 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25785 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25786 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25789 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25791 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25792 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25793 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25795 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25797 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25798 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25799 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25800 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25805 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25806 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25807 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25808 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25814 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25815 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19780 4514))
25816 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25818 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25820 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25821 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25822 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25823 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25824 supported at a time.
25825 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25826 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25830 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25831 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25832 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25833 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19775
25841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25843 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25848 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25849 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25855 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25856 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25857 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25858 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25859 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
25860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25862 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25863 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25865 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25866 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25867 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25868 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25869 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25870 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25871 of the current highlighting list.
25875 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25876 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25878 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25879 `_t' as data types.
25881 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25883 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25884 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25886 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25887 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25889 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25893 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25897 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25899 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25900 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25902 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25903 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25904 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25905 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25907 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25908 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25909 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25910 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25912 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25913 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25914 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25918 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25919 Major mode to edit SQL.
25921 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25922 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25923 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25926 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25928 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25929 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25930 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25931 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25932 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25933 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25935 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25936 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25938 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25939 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25940 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25942 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25944 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25948 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25949 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25951 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25954 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25955 is specified in the connection settings.
25957 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25959 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25960 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25962 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25963 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25965 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25966 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25967 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25968 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25970 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25972 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25974 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25975 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25977 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25978 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25981 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25982 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25983 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25984 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25986 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25987 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25989 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25990 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25991 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25994 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25995 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25996 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25997 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25998 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25999 `default-process-coding-system'.
26001 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26003 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26005 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26006 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26008 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26009 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26012 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26013 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26014 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26015 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26017 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26018 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26020 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26021 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26022 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26025 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26026 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26027 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26028 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26029 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26030 `default-process-coding-system'.
26032 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26034 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26036 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26037 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26039 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26040 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26043 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26044 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26046 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26047 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26049 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26050 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26051 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26054 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26055 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26056 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26057 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26058 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26059 `default-process-coding-system'.
26061 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26063 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26065 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26066 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26068 SQLite is free software.
26070 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26071 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26074 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26075 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26076 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26077 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26079 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26080 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26082 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26083 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26084 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26089 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26092 `default-process-coding-system'.
26094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26098 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26099 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26101 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26103 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26104 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26107 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26108 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26109 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26110 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26112 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26113 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26115 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26116 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26117 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26121 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26122 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26123 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26125 `default-process-coding-system'.
26127 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26129 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26131 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26132 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26134 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26135 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26138 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26139 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26142 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26143 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26145 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26146 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26147 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26150 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26151 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26152 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26153 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26154 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26155 `default-process-coding-system'.
26157 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26159 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26161 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26162 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26164 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26165 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26168 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26169 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26171 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26172 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26174 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26175 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26176 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26179 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26180 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26181 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26182 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26183 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26184 `default-process-coding-system'.
26186 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26188 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26190 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26191 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26193 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26194 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26197 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26198 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26199 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26200 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26202 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26203 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26205 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26206 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26207 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26210 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26211 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26212 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26213 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26214 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26215 `default-process-coding-system'.
26217 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26219 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26221 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26222 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26224 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26225 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26228 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26229 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26230 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26231 `sql-postgres-options'.
26233 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26234 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26236 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26237 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26238 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26241 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26242 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26243 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26244 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26245 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26246 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26247 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26248 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26250 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26251 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26253 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26257 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26258 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26260 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26261 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26264 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26265 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26268 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26269 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26271 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26272 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26273 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26278 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26281 `default-process-coding-system'.
26283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26287 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26288 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26290 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26291 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26294 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26297 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26298 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26300 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26301 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26302 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26303 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26305 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26306 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26307 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26310 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26311 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26312 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26313 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26314 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26315 `default-process-coding-system'.
26317 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26319 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26322 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26324 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26325 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26328 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26329 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26330 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26331 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26334 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26335 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26336 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26337 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26340 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26341 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26343 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26344 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26345 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26348 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26354 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26355 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
26356 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26358 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26359 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26363 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26367 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26368 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
26369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26371 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26372 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26373 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26374 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26375 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26376 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26377 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26378 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26379 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26380 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26382 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26383 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26384 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26385 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26387 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26391 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26392 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26393 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26394 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26395 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19775
26397 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26399 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26400 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26401 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26402 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26403 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26404 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26406 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26408 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26411 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26412 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26413 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26414 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26415 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26416 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26418 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26420 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26421 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26422 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26423 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26424 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26425 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26426 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26428 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26430 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26431 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26432 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26436 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26437 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26438 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26440 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26442 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26443 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26445 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26447 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26448 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26452 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26453 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26457 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26458 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26459 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26460 chronologically by command name.
26461 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26463 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26465 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26466 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26467 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26469 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26470 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26472 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26474 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26475 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26476 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26477 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26478 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26479 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26480 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26482 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26483 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26484 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26485 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26487 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26492 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26493 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26494 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26496 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26498 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26499 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26505 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26506 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19763 27287))
26507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26509 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26510 Studlify-case the region.
26512 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26515 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26517 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26520 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26526 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26527 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
26528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26530 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26531 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26532 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26533 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26534 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26535 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26536 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26537 Here are some examples:
26539 Nomenclature Subwords
26540 ===========================================================
26541 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26542 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26543 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26545 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26546 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26549 \\{subword-mode-map}
26551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26553 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26554 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26555 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26558 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26560 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26562 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26563 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26564 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26566 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26567 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26568 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26575 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
26576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26578 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26579 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26580 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26581 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26582 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26583 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26584 original message but it does require a few things:
26586 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26588 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26591 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26592 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26595 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26597 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26599 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26600 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26601 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26607 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19780
26609 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26611 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26613 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26614 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26615 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26618 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26620 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26622 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26623 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26624 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26625 otherwise turn it off.
26627 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26628 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26629 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26635 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19775 2030))
26636 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26638 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26639 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26640 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26641 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26642 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26644 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26646 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26647 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26648 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26649 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26650 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26651 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26652 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26654 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26658 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26659 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26660 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26661 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26662 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26663 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26664 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26665 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26666 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26667 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26668 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26669 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26670 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19775 2030))
26671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26673 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26674 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26675 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26677 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26679 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26680 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26682 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26684 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26685 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26687 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26689 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26690 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26692 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26694 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26695 Insert an editable text table.
26696 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26697 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26698 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26699 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26700 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26701 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26706 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26708 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26713 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26714 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26715 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26716 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26719 +-----+-----+-----+
26721 +-----+-----+-----+
26723 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26725 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26726 width, which results as
26728 +--------------+-----+-----+
26730 +--------------+-----+-----+
26732 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26733 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26739 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26740 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26741 width information to `table-insert'.
26743 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26749 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26752 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26753 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26755 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26760 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26762 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26768 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26770 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26772 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26775 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26778 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26781 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26782 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26783 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26785 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26788 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26791 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26794 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26796 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26799 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26802 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26803 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26804 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26805 | | |expected results.-!- |
26806 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26809 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26811 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26815 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26817 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26818 Insert N table row(s).
26819 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26820 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26821 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26822 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26826 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26827 Insert N table column(s).
26828 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26829 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26830 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26831 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26835 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26836 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26837 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26839 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26842 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26843 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26844 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26845 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26846 all the table specific features.
26848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26855 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26856 Recognize all tables within region.
26857 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26858 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26859 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26862 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26864 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26867 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26870 Recognize a table at point.
26871 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26872 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26873 the table specific features.
26875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26877 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26882 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26883 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26884 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26885 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26886 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26887 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26888 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26890 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26892 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26897 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26898 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26899 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26900 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26901 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26902 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26905 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26907 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26908 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26909 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26910 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26911 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26912 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26913 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26918 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26919 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26920 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26921 table's rectangle structure.
26923 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26925 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26926 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26927 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26928 table's rectangle structure.
26932 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26933 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26934 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26935 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26936 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26938 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26940 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26941 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26942 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26944 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26945 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26946 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26947 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26948 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26949 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26950 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26952 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26953 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26954 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26955 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26956 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26957 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26958 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26960 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26961 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26962 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26963 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26964 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26965 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26966 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26967 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26969 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26971 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26972 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26973 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26974 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26978 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26979 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26980 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26982 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26984 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26985 Split current cell vertically.
26986 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26990 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26991 Split current cell horizontally.
26992 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26996 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26997 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26998 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27000 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27002 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27003 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27004 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27005 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27007 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27009 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27010 Justify cell contents.
27011 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27012 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27013 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27014 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27016 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27018 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27019 Justify cells of a row.
27020 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27021 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27023 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27025 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27026 Justify cells of a column.
27027 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27028 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27030 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27032 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27033 Toggle fixing width mode.
27034 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27035 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27036 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27041 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27042 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27043 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27044 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27045 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27046 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27047 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27048 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27049 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27050 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27052 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27054 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27055 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27056 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27057 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27058 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27059 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27060 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27061 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27062 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27063 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27064 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27065 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27068 References used for this implementation:
27071 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27074 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27076 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27077 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27078 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27080 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27082 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27083 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27084 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27085 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27086 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27087 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27088 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27089 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27090 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27091 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27092 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27093 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27094 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27095 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27096 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27097 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27098 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27103 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27104 (table-forward-cell 15)
27105 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27106 (table-forward-cell 16)
27107 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27108 (table-forward-cell 1)
27109 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27112 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27113 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27114 (table-forward-cell 1)
27115 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27117 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27119 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27120 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27121 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27122 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27123 consists from cells of same height.
27127 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27128 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27129 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27130 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27131 column must consists from cells of same width.
27135 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27136 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27137 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27138 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27139 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27140 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27141 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27142 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27143 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27144 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27145 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27146 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27147 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27148 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27149 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27158 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27159 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27160 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27163 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27165 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27167 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27169 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27173 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27174 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27175 of each row is optional.
27180 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27181 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27182 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27183 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27184 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27186 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27187 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27189 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27190 expression and raw delimiter regular
27191 expression, it parses the specified text
27192 area and extracts cell items from
27193 non-table text and then forms a table out
27196 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27197 creates a single cell table. The text in
27198 the specified region is placed in that
27201 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27204 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27205 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27206 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27208 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27209 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27210 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27211 | area and extracts cell items from |
27212 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27215 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27216 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27217 | the specified region is placed in that |
27219 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27221 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27222 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27225 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27226 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27227 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27228 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27229 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27230 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27231 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27232 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27233 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27235 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27236 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27237 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27238 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27240 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27242 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27243 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27244 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27246 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27249 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27250 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27251 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27252 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27258 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19775 2030))
27259 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27261 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27262 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27264 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27266 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27267 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27273 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19780 4514))
27274 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27276 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27277 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27278 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27279 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27280 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27281 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27282 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27284 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27285 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27286 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27287 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27289 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27297 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19775 2029))
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27300 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27301 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27302 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27303 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27304 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27305 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27307 Variables controlling indentation style:
27309 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27310 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27311 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27313 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27314 documentation for details):
27315 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27316 Controls action of TAB key.
27318 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27319 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27320 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27321 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27322 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27324 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27325 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27330 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27331 Run inferior Tcl process.
27332 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27333 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27337 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27338 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27339 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27341 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27345 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19780 4514))
27346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27347 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27349 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27350 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27351 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27352 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27354 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27355 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27356 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27357 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27358 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27360 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27361 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27363 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27364 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27365 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27366 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27372 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27373 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
27374 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27376 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27377 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27378 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27379 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27380 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27381 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27383 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27386 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27387 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27388 commands to use in that buffer.
27390 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27392 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27394 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27395 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27397 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27399 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27400 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27401 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27402 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27403 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27404 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27405 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27406 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27407 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27408 use in that buffer.
27409 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27411 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27415 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19780
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27419 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27420 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27421 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27422 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27423 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27424 program as keyboard input.
27426 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27427 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27428 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27429 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27431 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27432 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27433 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27434 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27435 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27437 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27439 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27440 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27441 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27442 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27444 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27445 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27446 subprocess started.
27448 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27453 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27456 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27457 Start coverage on function under point.
27463 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19775 2029))
27464 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27466 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27467 Play the Tetris game.
27468 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27469 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27470 as to form complete rows.
27472 tetris-mode keybindings:
27473 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27474 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27475 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27476 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27477 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27478 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27479 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27480 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27481 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27487 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27488 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27489 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27490 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27491 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27492 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27493 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27494 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27497 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27498 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27500 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27502 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27503 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27504 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27505 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27506 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27508 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27510 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27511 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27512 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27513 if it matches the first line of the file,
27514 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27516 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27518 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27519 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27520 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27521 if the variable is non-nil.")
27523 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27525 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27526 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27528 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27530 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27531 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27532 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27533 See the documentation of that variable.")
27535 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27537 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27538 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27539 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27540 See the documentation of that variable.")
27542 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27544 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27545 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27546 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27547 See the documentation of that variable.")
27549 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27551 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27552 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27553 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27554 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27555 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27557 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27559 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27560 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27561 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27562 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27564 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27566 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27567 User defined LaTeX block names.
27568 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27570 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27572 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27573 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27574 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27575 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27577 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27579 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27580 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27581 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27582 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27584 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27586 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27587 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27588 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27589 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27591 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27592 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27595 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27596 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27598 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27601 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27603 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27604 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27605 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27606 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27607 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27609 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27611 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27613 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27614 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27615 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27617 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27619 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27620 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27621 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27622 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27623 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27625 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27627 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27628 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27630 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27632 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27633 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27635 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27637 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27638 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27639 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27640 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27641 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27642 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27643 says which mode to use.
27647 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27649 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27651 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27653 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27654 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27655 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27656 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27657 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27659 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27660 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27661 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27662 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27663 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27664 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27665 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27667 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27668 mismatched $'s or braces.
27671 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27675 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27677 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27678 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27679 tex-dvi-print-command
27680 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27681 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27682 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27683 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27684 tex-dvi-view-command
27685 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27686 tex-show-queue-command
27687 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27688 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27690 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27691 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27692 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27696 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27697 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27698 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27699 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27700 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27702 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27703 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27704 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27705 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27706 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27707 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27708 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27710 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27711 mismatched $'s or braces.
27718 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27720 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27721 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27722 tex-dvi-print-command
27723 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27724 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27725 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27726 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27727 tex-dvi-view-command
27728 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27729 tex-show-queue-command
27730 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27731 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27733 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27734 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27735 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27739 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27740 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27745 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27746 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27747 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27754 mismatched $'s or braces.
27757 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27763 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27765 tex-dvi-print-command
27766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27769 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27770 tex-dvi-view-command
27771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27772 tex-show-queue-command
27773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27776 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27777 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27778 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27779 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27783 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27788 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27789 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27795 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27796 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19780 4514))
27797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27799 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27800 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27801 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27802 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27804 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27805 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27806 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27808 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27810 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27811 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27812 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27813 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27814 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27816 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27818 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27819 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27820 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27821 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27823 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27824 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27825 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27826 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27828 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27829 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27831 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27835 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27836 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19775 2030))
27837 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27839 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27840 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27842 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27844 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27845 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27847 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27849 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27850 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27852 It has these extra commands:
27853 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27855 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27856 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27857 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27858 modified version of TeX input format.
27860 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27861 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27862 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27863 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27865 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27866 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27867 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27868 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27869 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27870 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27871 in the Texinfo file.
27873 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27874 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27875 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27876 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27877 move forward past the closing brace.
27879 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27880 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27882 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27883 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27884 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27886 Here are the functions:
27888 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27889 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27890 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27892 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27893 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27894 texinfo-master-menu
27896 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27898 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27899 which menu descriptions are indented.
27901 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27902 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27905 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27906 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27907 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27908 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27910 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27911 be the first node in the file.
27913 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27914 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27920 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27921 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27922 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27925 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27926 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27927 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27928 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27930 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27933 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27935 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27937 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27938 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27942 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27945 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27949 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27950 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27951 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19780 4514))
27952 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27954 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27955 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27957 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27959 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27960 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27961 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27962 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27963 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27965 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27966 a symbol as a valid THING.
27968 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27969 of the textual entity that was found.
27971 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27973 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27974 Return the THING at point.
27975 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27976 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27977 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27979 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27980 a symbol as a valid THING.
27982 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27984 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27985 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27989 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27990 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27994 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27995 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27999 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28000 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28006 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28007 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28008 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
28009 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28011 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28012 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28016 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28017 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28018 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28019 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28021 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28023 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28024 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28028 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28029 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28033 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28035 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28036 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28042 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28043 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28044 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28045 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28046 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19780
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28050 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28051 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28052 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28056 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28057 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28059 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28061 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28062 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28063 The returned string has no composition information.
28065 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28067 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28068 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28070 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28072 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28073 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28075 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28077 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28078 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28079 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28080 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28082 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28084 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28085 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28086 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28087 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28089 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28091 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28092 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28093 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28097 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28098 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28099 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28103 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28106 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28108 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28111 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28113 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28116 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28120 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28121 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28124 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28125 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28126 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28127 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28129 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28131 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28133 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28134 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28135 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28136 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28138 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28144 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28145 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28146 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19780 4514))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28149 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28150 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28152 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28153 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28155 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28156 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28157 This display updates automatically every minute.
28158 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28159 are displayed as well.
28160 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28164 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28165 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28166 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28168 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28169 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28171 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28173 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28174 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28175 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28177 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute
28178 \(you can control the number of seconds between updates by
28179 customizing `display-time-interval').
28180 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28181 are displayed as well.
28182 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28186 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28187 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28188 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28189 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28193 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28194 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28195 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28196 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28198 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28200 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28201 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28207 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28208 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28209 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28210 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28211 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
28212 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28214 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28215 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28216 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28218 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28219 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28220 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28221 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28223 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28224 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28225 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28227 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28228 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28230 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28232 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28233 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28235 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28237 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28238 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28240 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28242 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28243 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28244 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28246 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28248 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28250 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28251 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28252 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28254 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28256 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28257 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28259 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28261 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28262 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28263 DATE should be a date-time string.
28265 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28267 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28268 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28269 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28271 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28273 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28274 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28276 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28278 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28279 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28281 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28283 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28284 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28285 TIME should be a time value.
28286 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28288 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28290 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28291 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28292 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28294 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28296 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28297 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28298 The valid format specifiers are:
28299 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28300 %d is the number of days.
28301 %h is the number of hours.
28302 %m is the number of minutes.
28303 %s is the number of seconds.
28304 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28305 %% is a literal \"%\".
28307 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28308 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28310 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28311 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28312 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28314 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28315 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28316 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28318 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28320 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28324 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28325 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19780 4514))
28326 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28327 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28328 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28329 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28330 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28331 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28332 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28333 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28334 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28336 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28337 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28338 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28339 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28340 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28341 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28342 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28343 look like one of the following:
28346 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28347 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28348 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28349 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28350 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28351 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28352 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28357 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28358 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28359 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28365 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28366 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28367 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28368 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28369 ;;;;;; (19775 2027))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28372 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28373 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28374 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28375 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28376 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28377 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28378 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28379 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28380 display (non-nil means on).
28382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28384 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28385 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28386 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28387 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28388 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28389 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28390 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28391 this function is called within a day.
28393 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28394 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28395 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28396 discover the name of the project.
28398 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28400 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28401 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28402 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28403 begun during the last time segment.
28405 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28406 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28407 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28408 discover the reason.
28410 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28412 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28413 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28414 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28415 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28416 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28418 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28420 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28421 Change to working on a different project.
28422 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28423 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28424 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28427 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28429 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28430 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28431 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28435 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28436 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28437 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28441 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28442 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28443 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28444 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28445 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28446 \"relative to today\".
28448 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28450 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28451 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28452 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28453 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28455 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28457 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28458 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28459 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28460 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28461 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28462 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28464 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28468 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28469 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19775 2028))
28470 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28472 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28473 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28474 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28475 the generated Quail package is saved.
28477 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28479 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28480 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28481 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28482 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28483 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28484 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28485 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28487 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28491 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28492 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19775 2030))
28493 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28494 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28495 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28497 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28498 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28499 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28500 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28501 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28503 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28505 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28506 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28507 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28508 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28509 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28511 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28513 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28514 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28515 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28516 in the menu in two ways:
28517 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28518 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28519 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28521 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28522 keymap or an alist of alists.
28523 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28524 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28526 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28530 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28531 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28532 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19775 2027))
28533 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28535 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28536 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28538 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28540 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28541 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28543 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28545 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28546 Insert new TODO list entry.
28547 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28552 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28553 List top priorities for each category.
28555 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28556 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28558 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28559 between each category.
28560 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28562 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28564 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28565 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28566 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28567 between each category.
28569 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28571 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28573 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28574 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28578 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28579 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28583 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28590 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28591 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28592 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19775 2030))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28595 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28596 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28597 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28601 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28602 Add an item to the tool bar.
28603 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28604 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28605 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28606 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28608 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28609 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28610 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28611 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28613 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28614 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28616 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28619 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28620 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28621 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28622 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28623 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28625 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28626 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28627 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28628 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28630 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28632 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28633 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28634 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28635 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28636 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28637 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28638 properties to add to the binding.
28640 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28642 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28643 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28645 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28648 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28649 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28650 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28651 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28652 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28653 properties to add to the binding.
28655 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28658 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28662 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28663 ;;;;;; (19780 4513))
28664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28666 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28667 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28668 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28671 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28673 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28675 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28680 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28682 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28683 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28689 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28690 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28693 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28694 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28696 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28697 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28698 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28699 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28700 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28702 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28703 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28704 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28705 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28706 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28708 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28713 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28714 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28715 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28716 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28717 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28718 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28724 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19775 2028))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28727 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28728 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28729 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28730 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28731 to a tcp server on another machine.
28733 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28737 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28738 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19775 2028))
28739 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28741 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28742 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28744 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28746 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28747 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28748 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28749 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28750 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28751 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28752 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28753 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28755 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28757 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28758 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28759 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28760 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28761 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28762 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28763 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28764 the window or buffer configuration.
28766 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28768 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28772 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28773 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28774 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28775 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19775 2029))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28778 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28779 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28780 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28782 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28784 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28785 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28787 It can have the following values:
28789 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28790 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28791 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28793 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28795 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28796 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28797 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28798 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28800 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28802 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28803 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28804 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28805 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28807 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28808 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28809 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28811 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28812 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28813 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28814 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28815 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28816 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28817 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28818 files which are not really Tramp files.
28820 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28821 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28822 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28823 updated after changing this variable.
28825 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28827 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28828 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28829 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28830 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28832 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28833 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28834 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28835 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28837 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28839 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28840 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28841 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28842 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28844 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28845 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28846 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28848 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28849 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28850 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28852 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28853 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28854 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28855 updated after changing this variable.
28857 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28859 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28860 Alist of completion handler functions.
28861 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28862 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28863 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28865 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28866 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28867 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28868 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28870 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28871 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28872 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28873 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28875 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28876 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28877 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28879 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28881 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28882 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28883 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28885 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28886 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28888 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28890 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28895 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28896 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28898 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28901 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28903 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28906 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28912 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28913 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28916 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28923 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19775
28925 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28927 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28928 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28929 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28930 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28931 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28932 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28933 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28934 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28936 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28937 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28938 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28940 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28941 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28944 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28948 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28949 ;;;;;; (19763 27286))
28950 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28952 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28955 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28959 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28960 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19775 2030))
28961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28962 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28963 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28964 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28966 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28967 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28968 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28969 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28970 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28971 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28972 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28974 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28976 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28977 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28978 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28979 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28981 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28985 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28986 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28987 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28988 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28989 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28990 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28991 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28993 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28994 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28996 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28999 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29001 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29007 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29008 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29009 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29010 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29011 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29012 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29014 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29015 Toggle typing break mode.
29016 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29017 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29018 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29020 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29022 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29023 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29025 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29027 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29028 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29030 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29031 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29032 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29034 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29035 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29037 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29039 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29040 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29042 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29043 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29044 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29045 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29047 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29049 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29050 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29051 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29053 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29054 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29055 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29056 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29057 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29058 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29060 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29061 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29062 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29063 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29065 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29066 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29068 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29069 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29071 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29073 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29074 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29075 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29077 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29078 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29079 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29080 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29081 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29082 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29083 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29085 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29086 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29088 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29089 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29090 reset the keystroke counter.
29092 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29093 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29094 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29095 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29097 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29098 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29099 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29100 `type-break-schedule' command.
29102 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29103 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29104 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29105 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29106 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29107 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29108 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29109 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29110 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29112 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29113 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29114 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29115 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29116 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29118 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29119 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29120 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29121 approximate good values for this.
29123 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29124 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29126 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29127 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29128 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29129 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29130 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29131 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29133 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29134 a typing break occur. They include:
29136 `type-break-query-mode'
29137 `type-break-query-function'
29138 `type-break-query-interval'
29140 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29142 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29143 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29144 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29147 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29149 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29150 Take a typing break.
29152 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29153 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29155 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29156 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29160 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29161 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29162 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29163 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29167 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29168 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29170 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29171 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29172 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29173 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29174 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29175 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29176 average typing speed.)
29178 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29179 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29180 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29181 the computed maximum threshold.
29183 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29184 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29185 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29186 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29187 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29189 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19775 2029))
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29196 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29197 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29198 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29199 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29200 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29202 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29206 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29207 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29208 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29209 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29210 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29211 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19780 4513))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29214 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29215 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29219 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29220 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29222 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29224 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29225 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29229 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29230 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29232 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29235 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29237 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29239 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29240 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29242 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29245 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29249 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29250 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29252 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29254 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29255 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29259 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29260 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29262 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29264 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29265 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29269 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29270 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29272 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29276 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29277 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19775 2030))
29278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29280 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29281 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29282 Works by overstriking underscores.
29283 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29284 which specify the range to operate on.
29286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29288 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29289 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29290 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29291 which specify the range to operate on.
29293 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29297 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29298 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29301 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29302 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29303 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29304 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29305 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29306 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29310 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29311 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29313 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29317 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19775
29319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29321 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29322 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29323 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29324 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29326 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29330 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29331 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19775 2030))
29332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29334 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29335 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29336 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29338 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29339 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29340 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29341 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29342 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29343 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29345 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29346 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29347 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29349 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29350 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29351 the callback is not called).
29353 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29354 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29355 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29358 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29360 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29362 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29363 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29364 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29365 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29366 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29368 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29372 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29373 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19775 2030))
29374 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29376 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29377 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29378 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29380 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29381 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29382 `url-generic-parse-url'
29383 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29384 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29385 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29387 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29388 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29389 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29390 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29391 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29392 what type of auth to use
29393 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29394 if one cannot be found in the cache
29396 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29398 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29399 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29401 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29402 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29403 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29404 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29405 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29406 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29407 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29408 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29410 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29414 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29415 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19775 2030))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29418 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29419 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29421 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29423 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29424 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29425 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29427 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29429 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29430 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29432 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29436 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19780 4514))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29439 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29442 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29447 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19780 4514))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29450 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29453 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29455 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29458 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29462 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19775
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29466 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29467 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29469 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29473 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29474 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19780 4514))
29475 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29477 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29478 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29482 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29483 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29484 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29485 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29486 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29488 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29492 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29493 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29494 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29497 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29498 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29499 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29500 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29501 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29502 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29504 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29506 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29507 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29511 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29512 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29513 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29514 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29516 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29518 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29519 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29520 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29521 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29522 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29523 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29524 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29525 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29526 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29527 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29529 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29531 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29532 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29533 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29536 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29538 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29541 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29545 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29546 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19775 2030))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29549 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29550 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29551 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29552 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29553 CBARGS as the arguments.
29555 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29557 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29560 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29562 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29564 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29567 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29569 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29570 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29571 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29573 Property list members:
29576 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29580 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29584 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29587 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29590 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29591 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29592 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29597 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29598 Default HTTPS port.")
29600 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29601 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29602 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29604 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29605 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29606 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29607 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29608 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29612 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19775 2030))
29613 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29615 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29618 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19775
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29626 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29627 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29628 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29629 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29630 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29637 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29640 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29643 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29645 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29646 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29648 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29652 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29653 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19775 2030))
29654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29656 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29657 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29659 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29661 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29662 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29666 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29671 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29673 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29675 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29677 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29678 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29680 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29684 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29685 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29686 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29688 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29693 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29700 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29701 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29702 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29703 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29705 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29708 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29710 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29713 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29715 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29718 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29720 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29723 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29725 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29728 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29730 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29733 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29735 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29738 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29742 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29743 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19775 2030))
29744 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29746 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29747 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29749 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29751 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29752 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29753 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29754 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29756 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29760 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29761 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
29762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29764 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29765 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29771 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29772 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29773 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29774 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29775 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29776 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29777 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19775 2030))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29780 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29781 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29782 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29784 If t, all messages will be logged.
29785 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29786 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29788 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29790 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29793 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29798 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29800 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29801 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29802 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29803 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29804 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29810 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29812 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29813 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29814 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29816 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29818 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29819 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29820 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29822 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29824 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29825 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29827 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29829 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29830 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29834 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29835 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29839 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29844 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29847 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29849 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29852 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29854 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29856 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29857 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29859 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29861 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29862 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29864 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29866 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29869 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29871 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29872 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29873 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29874 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29875 forbidden in URL encoding.
29877 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29879 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29880 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29881 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29882 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29883 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29884 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29888 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29889 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29890 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29891 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29893 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29895 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29896 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29897 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29899 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29901 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29902 View the current document's URL.
29903 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29906 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29908 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29912 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29913 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19775 2030))
29914 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29916 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29917 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29918 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29919 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29920 to refrain from editing the file
29921 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29922 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29923 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29924 in any way you like.
29926 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29928 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29929 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29930 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29931 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29932 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29934 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29935 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29941 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29942 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29943 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19780 4513))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29946 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29949 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29951 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29954 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29956 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29959 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29961 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29964 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29968 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19775 2028))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29971 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29972 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29974 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29978 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29979 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29980 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
29981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29983 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29984 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29985 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29986 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29988 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29990 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29991 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29992 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29994 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29996 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29997 Uudecode region between START and END.
29998 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30000 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30004 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30005 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30006 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30007 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30008 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
30009 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
30010 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19780 4515))
30011 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30013 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30014 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30017 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30019 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30020 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30021 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30023 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30025 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30026 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30029 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30031 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30032 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30033 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
30035 For locking systems:
30036 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
30038 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
30039 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
30040 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
30041 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
30042 it performs a revert on that file.
30043 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
30044 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
30045 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
30046 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
30047 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
30048 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
30049 given the option to steal the lock(s).
30051 For merging systems:
30052 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
30053 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
30054 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
30055 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
30056 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
30057 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
30058 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
30059 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
30060 merge in the changes into your working copy.
30062 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30064 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30065 Register into a version control system.
30066 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30067 Otherwise register the current file.
30068 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30069 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30071 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30072 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30073 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30074 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30075 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30076 first backend that could register the file is used.
30078 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30080 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30081 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30083 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30085 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30086 Display diffs between file revisions.
30087 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30088 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30089 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30091 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30094 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30096 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30097 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30098 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30099 fileset with the working revision.
30100 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30101 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30103 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30106 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30108 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30109 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30110 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30111 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30115 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30116 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30117 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30118 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30122 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30123 Perform a version control merge operation.
30124 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30125 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30126 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30128 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30129 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30130 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30131 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30132 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30133 changes from the current branch.
30137 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30139 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30140 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30141 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30142 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30143 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30144 checked out in that new branch.
30146 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30148 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30149 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30150 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30151 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30152 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30153 allowed and simply skipped).
30155 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30157 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30158 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30159 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30160 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30161 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30163 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30164 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30166 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30168 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30169 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30170 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30171 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30172 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30174 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30176 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30177 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30178 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30180 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30182 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30183 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30184 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30186 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30188 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30189 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30190 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30191 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30195 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30196 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30197 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30198 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30202 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30204 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30205 Update the current fileset or branch.
30206 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30207 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30208 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30210 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30211 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30212 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30213 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30214 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30218 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30220 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30221 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30222 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30223 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30224 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30225 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30226 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30228 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30230 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30231 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30232 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30233 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30234 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30235 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30236 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30237 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30238 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30240 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30242 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30243 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30247 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30248 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30250 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30252 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30253 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30254 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30257 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30259 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30260 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30261 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30263 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30264 log entries should be gathered.
30266 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30268 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30269 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30271 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30275 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30276 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
30277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30279 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30280 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30282 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30283 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30284 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30285 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30286 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30287 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30289 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30290 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30291 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30292 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30293 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30294 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30295 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30296 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30298 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30300 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30302 Customization variables:
30304 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30305 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30306 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30307 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30309 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19780 4514))
30314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30315 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30316 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30319 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19780 36416))
30324 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30326 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30327 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30329 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30330 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30331 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30334 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19775 2030))
30339 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30340 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30341 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30342 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30344 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30348 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19780 4514))
30349 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30351 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30352 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30353 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30354 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30355 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30357 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30358 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30359 The file lines appear later.
30361 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30362 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30364 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30366 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30368 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30372 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30373 ;;;;;; (19780 36416))
30374 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30376 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30377 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30378 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30379 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30380 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30381 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30382 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30383 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30384 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30385 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30386 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30387 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30388 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30389 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30390 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30392 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19780 36416))
30397 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30398 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30399 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30400 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30403 (vc-git-registered file))))
30407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19780 36416))
30408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30409 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30410 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30411 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30414 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hooks" "vc/vc-hooks.el" (19780 4514))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hooks.el
30421 (put 'vc-mode 'risky-local-variable t)
30425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19775 2030))
30426 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30428 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30430 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30431 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30432 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30435 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30439 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30440 ;;;;;; (19780 4515))
30441 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30443 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30444 Where to look for RCS master files.
30445 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30447 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30449 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30453 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30454 ;;;;;; (19780 4515))
30455 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30457 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30458 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30459 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30461 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30462 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30464 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30465 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30466 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30467 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19780 4515))
30472 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30473 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30474 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30475 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30478 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30479 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30480 (file-name-directory f)))
30482 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30486 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30487 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
30488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30489 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30491 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30492 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30497 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30498 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30499 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30500 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30502 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30503 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30504 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30507 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30508 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30510 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30511 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30513 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30514 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30515 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30517 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30523 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30524 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30526 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30528 Official distribution is at
30529 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30532 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30533 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30544 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30545 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
30546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30548 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30549 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30550 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30551 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30552 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30554 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30556 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30557 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30559 Supports highlighting.
30561 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30562 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30564 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30566 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30567 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30568 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30569 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30570 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30571 on the left side of your screen.
30572 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30573 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30574 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30575 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30576 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30577 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30579 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30580 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30581 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30582 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30585 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30586 Indentation for case statements.
30587 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30588 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30590 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30591 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30592 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30593 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30594 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30595 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30596 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30597 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30598 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30600 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30604 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30605 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30606 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30607 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30608 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30609 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30610 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30611 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30612 comments in tight quarters.
30613 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30614 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30616 Variables controlling other actions:
30618 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30619 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30620 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30622 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30624 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30626 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30627 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30628 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30630 Some other functions are:
30632 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30633 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30634 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30635 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30636 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30638 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30639 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30640 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30641 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30660 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30661 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30662 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30663 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30664 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30665 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30666 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30667 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30668 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30669 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30670 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30672 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30673 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30675 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30681 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30682 ;;;;;; (19780 4514))
30683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30685 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30686 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30691 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30692 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30693 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30694 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30695 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30696 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30697 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30698 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30699 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30701 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30702 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30703 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30704 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30706 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30707 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30708 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30709 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30710 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30712 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30713 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30717 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30718 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30719 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30723 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30724 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30725 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30726 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30728 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30729 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30730 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30731 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30732 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30736 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30737 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30738 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30739 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30741 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30742 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30743 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30744 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30745 beginning with \"std\").
30747 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30748 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30749 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30754 `--' puts a single comment.
30755 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30756 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30757 with a comment in between.
30758 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30759 out following lines.
30760 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30761 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30763 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30764 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30765 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30766 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30767 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30770 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30771 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30772 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30773 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30774 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30775 multi-line comments.
30779 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30780 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30781 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30782 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30784 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30785 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30786 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30787 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30789 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30790 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30793 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30794 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30798 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30799 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30800 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30801 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30802 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30803 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30804 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30805 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30807 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30808 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30809 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30810 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30811 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30814 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30815 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30816 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30818 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30819 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30823 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30824 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30825 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30826 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30827 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30828 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30831 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30832 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30833 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30834 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30837 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30841 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30842 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30843 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30844 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30845 internal signal initializations (menu).
30847 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30848 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30849 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30851 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30852 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30853 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30854 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30855 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30856 in subsequent paste operations.)
30858 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30859 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30860 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30863 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30864 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30865 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30866 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30867 association list with formals).
30870 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30871 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30872 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30873 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30874 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30875 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30876 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30877 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30882 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30886 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30890 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30891 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30892 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30894 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30895 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30898 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30899 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30900 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30901 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30903 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30904 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30905 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30907 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30908 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30909 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30910 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30912 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30913 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30914 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30915 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30916 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30918 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30919 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30920 required by secondary units.
30923 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30924 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30925 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30926 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30927 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30928 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30929 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30930 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30931 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30932 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30933 inputs to this component -> input port created
30934 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30935 outputs from this component -> output port created
30936 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30937 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30939 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30940 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30941 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30942 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30943 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30945 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30946 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30948 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30949 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30950 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30951 component instantiation is also supported (option
30952 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30954 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30955 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30956 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30957 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30958 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30959 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30960 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30961 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30962 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30963 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30964 | generating the configuration.
30966 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30967 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30968 | configurations in speedbar.
30970 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30973 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30974 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30975 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30976 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30977 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30978 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30979 information. New compilers can be added.
30981 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30982 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30985 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30986 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30987 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30988 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30989 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30991 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30994 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30995 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30996 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30998 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30999 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31000 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31001 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31002 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31003 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31004 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31007 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31008 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31009 not (yet) supported.
31010 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31011 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31012 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31016 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31017 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31018 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31019 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31020 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31021 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31022 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31023 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31025 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31026 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31027 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31028 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31029 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31030 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31031 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31032 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31033 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31034 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31035 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31039 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31040 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31041 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31042 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31043 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31044 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31045 current directory for VHDL source files.
31049 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31050 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31054 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31055 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31056 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31057 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31058 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31059 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31060 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31061 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31064 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31065 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31066 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31067 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31068 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31069 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31070 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31072 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31073 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31074 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31075 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31076 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31077 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31079 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31080 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31081 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31082 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31083 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31086 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31087 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31088 highlighted if written in lower case.
31090 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31091 highlighted using a different background color if option
31092 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31094 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31095 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31096 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31097 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31098 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31102 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31103 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31104 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31108 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31109 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31110 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31111 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31112 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31116 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31117 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31119 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31120 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31121 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31122 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31123 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31124 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31125 (used to obtain the port names).
31129 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31130 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31134 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31135 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31136 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31137 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31138 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31139 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31140 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31145 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31146 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31147 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31148 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31149 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31151 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31152 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31153 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31154 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31155 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31158 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31159 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31163 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31164 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31165 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31167 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31171 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31172 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31174 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31176 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31178 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31182 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31188 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31189 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31191 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31193 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31194 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31195 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31196 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31198 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31199 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31200 where the latest version can be found.
31206 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31207 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31208 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31211 The VHDL Mode Authors
31212 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31223 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19763 27286))
31224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31226 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31227 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31228 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31229 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31231 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31232 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31233 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31234 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31235 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31237 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31238 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31240 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31242 * Limitations and unsupported features
31243 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31245 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31246 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31249 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31250 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31251 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31252 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31253 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31254 for undoing a repeated change command.
31255 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31256 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31257 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31260 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31261 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31262 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31263 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31264 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31265 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31266 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31267 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31269 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31275 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31276 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31277 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31278 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19780 4513))
31279 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31281 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31282 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31284 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31286 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31287 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31288 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31289 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31291 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31293 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31294 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31298 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31299 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31300 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31301 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31305 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31306 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31310 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31313 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31315 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31318 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31322 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31323 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31324 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31325 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31326 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19780 4515))
31327 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31329 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31330 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31331 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31333 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31335 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31336 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31337 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31338 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31340 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31342 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31343 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31345 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31347 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31348 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31349 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31350 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31351 moving around in the buffer.
31352 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31353 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31355 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31359 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31360 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31361 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31362 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31364 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31365 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31366 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31367 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31368 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31370 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31374 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31375 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31376 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31377 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31380 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31381 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31382 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31383 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31384 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31386 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31390 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31391 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31392 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31393 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31394 moving around in the buffer.
31395 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31396 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31398 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31400 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31401 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31402 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31404 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31405 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31406 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31407 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31409 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31411 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31412 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31413 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31414 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31415 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31416 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31417 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31418 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31420 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31422 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31423 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31424 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31426 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31428 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31429 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31430 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31431 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31432 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31433 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31434 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31435 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31437 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31439 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31440 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31441 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31443 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31445 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31446 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31447 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31450 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31451 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31452 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31455 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31456 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31457 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31458 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31459 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31461 H, h, ? This message.
31462 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31463 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31464 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31465 > move to the end of buffer.
31466 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31467 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31468 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31469 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31470 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31471 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31472 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31473 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31474 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31475 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31476 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31477 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31478 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31479 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31480 Use this to view a changing file.
31481 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31482 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31483 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31485 x exchanges point and mark.
31486 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31487 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31488 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31489 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31490 ' go to position saved in character register.
31491 s do forward incremental search.
31492 r do reverse incremental search.
31493 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31494 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31495 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31496 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31497 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31498 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31499 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31500 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31501 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31502 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31503 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31504 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31505 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31506 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31507 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31508 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31509 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31511 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31512 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31513 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31514 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31515 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31516 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31517 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31518 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31519 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31521 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31525 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31526 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31527 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31528 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31529 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31530 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31531 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31532 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31533 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31535 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31537 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31538 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31539 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31540 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31541 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31542 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31543 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31545 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31546 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31547 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31548 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31549 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31551 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31552 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31554 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31555 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31556 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31557 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31559 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31561 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31563 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31565 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31566 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31572 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19780
31574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31576 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31577 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31581 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31582 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31588 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31589 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
31590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31592 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31593 Toggle Viper on/off.
31594 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31598 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31599 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31605 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31606 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
31607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31609 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31610 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31611 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31612 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31613 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31614 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31615 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31616 the beginning of the warning.")
31618 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31619 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31620 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31621 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31622 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31623 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31624 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31625 also call that function before the next warning.")
31627 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31628 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31630 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31631 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31632 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31633 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31635 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31636 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31637 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31638 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31639 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31640 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31642 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31643 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31644 Default is :warning.
31646 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31647 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31648 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31649 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31650 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31651 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31653 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31654 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31655 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31657 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31659 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31660 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31662 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31664 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31665 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31666 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31667 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31669 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31670 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31671 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31672 can be whatever you like.)
31674 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31675 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31677 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31678 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31679 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31680 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31681 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31683 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31685 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31686 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31687 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31688 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31689 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31691 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31695 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31696 ;;;;;; (19780 4515))
31697 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31699 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31700 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31701 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31702 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31703 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31712 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19775 2029))
31713 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31715 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31716 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31718 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31721 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31728 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31729 ;;;;;; (19775 2029))
31730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31731 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31732 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31734 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31736 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31737 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31738 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31741 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31743 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31745 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31746 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31747 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31748 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31750 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31757 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31758 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31759 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31760 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19780 4515))
31761 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31763 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31764 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31766 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31767 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31768 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31770 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31771 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31775 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31776 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31778 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31779 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31780 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31782 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31783 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31784 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31785 use `whitespace-mode'.
31787 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31791 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31792 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31793 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31796 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31798 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31800 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31801 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31803 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31804 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31805 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31807 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31808 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31812 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31813 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31814 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31817 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31819 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31821 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31822 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31824 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31825 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31826 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31828 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31829 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31830 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31831 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31833 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31837 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31838 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31840 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31841 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31843 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31844 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31846 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31850 f toggle face visualization
31851 t toggle TAB visualization
31852 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31853 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31854 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31855 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31856 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31857 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31858 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31859 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31860 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31861 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31862 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31863 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31864 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31865 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31866 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31868 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31869 T toggle TAB visualization
31870 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31871 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31873 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31874 ? display brief help
31876 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31877 The valid symbols are:
31879 face toggle face visualization
31880 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31881 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31882 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31883 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31884 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31885 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31886 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31887 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31888 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31889 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31890 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31891 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31892 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31893 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31894 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31895 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31897 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31898 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31899 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31901 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31903 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31907 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31908 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31910 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31911 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31913 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31914 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31916 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31920 f toggle face visualization
31921 t toggle TAB visualization
31922 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31923 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31924 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31925 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31926 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31927 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31928 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31929 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31930 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31931 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31932 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31933 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31934 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31935 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31936 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31938 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31939 T toggle TAB visualization
31940 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31941 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31943 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31944 ? display brief help
31946 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31947 The valid symbols are:
31949 face toggle face visualization
31950 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31951 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31952 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31953 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31954 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31955 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31956 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31957 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31958 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31959 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31960 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31961 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31962 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31963 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31964 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31965 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31967 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31968 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31969 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31971 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31973 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31977 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31978 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31980 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31981 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31982 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31983 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31984 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31986 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31988 The problems cleaned up are:
31990 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31991 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31992 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31993 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31995 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31996 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31997 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31998 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32000 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32001 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32002 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32003 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32005 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32007 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32008 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32009 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32010 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32011 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32012 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32014 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32015 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32016 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32018 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32019 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32020 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32021 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32022 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32023 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32024 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32025 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32027 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32032 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32033 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32035 The problems cleaned up are:
32037 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32038 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32039 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32040 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32042 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32043 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32044 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32045 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32047 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32048 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32049 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32050 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32051 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32052 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32053 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32054 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32056 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32057 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32058 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32060 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32061 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32062 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32063 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32064 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32065 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32066 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32067 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32069 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32072 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32074 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32075 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32077 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32080 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32081 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32082 `whitespace-style' to have:
32090 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32091 whitespace problems in buffer.
32093 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32095 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32096 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32097 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32098 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32099 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32100 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32101 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32103 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32104 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32105 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32106 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32107 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32108 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32109 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32111 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32112 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32113 cleaning up these problems.
32115 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32117 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32118 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32120 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32123 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32124 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32125 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32133 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32134 whitespace problems in buffer.
32136 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32138 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32139 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32140 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32141 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32142 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32143 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32144 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32146 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32147 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32148 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32149 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32150 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32151 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32152 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32154 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32155 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32156 cleaning up these problems.
32158 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32162 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32163 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19775 2030))
32164 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32166 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32167 Browse the widget under point.
32171 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32172 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32174 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32176 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32177 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32179 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32181 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32182 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32183 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32189 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32190 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19775
32192 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32194 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32195 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32197 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32199 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32200 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32201 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32203 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32205 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32206 Create widget of TYPE.
32207 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32209 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32211 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32214 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32216 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32217 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32219 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32221 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32222 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32223 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32224 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32226 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32227 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32233 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32234 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19775
32236 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32238 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32239 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32240 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32241 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32242 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32243 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32244 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32248 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32249 Select the window above the current one.
32250 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32251 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32252 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32253 negative ARG) of the current window.
32254 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32258 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32259 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32260 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32261 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32262 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32263 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32264 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32268 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32269 Select the window below the current one.
32270 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32271 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32272 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32273 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32274 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32278 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32279 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32280 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32281 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32283 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "window" "window.el" (19775 2030))
32288 ;;; Generated autoloads from window.el
32290 (put 'special-display-buffer-names 'risky-local-variable t)
32294 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32295 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
32296 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32298 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32299 Toggle Winner mode.
32300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32301 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32303 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32305 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32306 Toggle Winner mode.
32307 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32313 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32314 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19780 4515))
32315 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32317 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32318 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32319 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32320 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32321 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32323 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32325 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32326 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32327 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32328 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32329 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32330 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32331 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32332 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32334 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32335 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32337 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32339 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32340 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32344 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32345 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32346 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32347 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32348 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32349 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32350 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32351 `woman' command for further details.
32353 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32355 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32356 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32358 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32362 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32363 ;;;;;; (19775 2028))
32364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32366 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32367 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32370 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32371 are not implemented
32372 - Options for search and replace
32373 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32374 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32376 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32379 The key bindings are:
32389 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32391 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32392 C-l ws-repeat-search
32395 C-r scroll-down-line
32402 C-y kill-complete-line
32405 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32406 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32407 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32408 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32409 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32410 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32411 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32412 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32413 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32414 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32415 C-k b ws-begin-block
32416 C-k c ws-copy-block
32417 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32419 C-k h ws-show-markers
32420 C-k i ws-indent-block
32422 C-k p ws-print-block
32425 C-k s save-some-buffers
32427 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32428 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32429 C-k v ws-move-block
32430 C-k w ws-write-block
32432 C-k y ws-delete-block
32434 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32435 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32436 C-o j justify-current-line
32439 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32440 C-o r set-fill-column
32441 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32442 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32443 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32444 C-o wo other-window
32445 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32447 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32448 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32449 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32450 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32451 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32452 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32453 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32454 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32455 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32456 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32457 C-q a ws-query-replace
32458 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32459 C-q c end-of-buffer
32462 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32464 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32465 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32466 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32467 C-q w ws-last-error
32469 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32475 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19775 2029))
32476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32478 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32479 Perform an interactive search.
32480 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32481 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32482 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32483 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32485 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32488 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32490 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32494 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32495 ;;;;;; (19775 2030))
32496 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32498 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32499 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32500 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32501 Returns the top node with all its children.
32502 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32503 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32505 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32507 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32508 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32509 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32510 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32511 is not well-formed XML.
32512 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32513 and returned as the first element of the list.
32514 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32516 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32520 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32521 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19775 2029))
32522 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32524 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32525 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32526 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32527 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32528 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32529 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32530 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32531 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32532 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32533 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32535 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32539 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19775
32541 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32543 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32544 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32545 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32548 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32550 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32552 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32553 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32554 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32557 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32558 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32559 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32560 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32561 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32562 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32568 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32569 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19775 2028))
32570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32572 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32573 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32575 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32577 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32578 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32584 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32585 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19775 2029))
32586 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32588 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32589 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32591 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32593 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32594 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32596 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32598 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32599 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32600 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32602 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32604 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32605 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32611 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19775 2029))
32612 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32614 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32615 Zone out, completely.
32621 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "button.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-loaddefs.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "color.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-face.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "font-lock.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32745 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32746 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32747 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32748 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32749 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32750 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "help.el"
32751 ;;;;;; "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
32752 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32753 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32754 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
32755 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32756 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32757 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32758 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32759 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32760 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32761 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32762 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el"
32763 ;;;;;; "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/burmese.el"
32764 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
32765 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
32766 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
32767 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
32768 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el"
32769 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
32770 ;;;;;; "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el"
32771 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
32772 ;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32773 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32774 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32775 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32776 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32777 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32778 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32779 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32780 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32781 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32782 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32783 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32784 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "mouse-copy.el"
32785 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32786 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32787 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el"
32788 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32789 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32790 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32791 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32792 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32793 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32794 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32795 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32796 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32797 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32798 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32799 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32800 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el"
32801 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32802 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32803 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
32804 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32805 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32806 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
32807 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
32808 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32809 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-complete.el"
32810 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32811 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32812 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32813 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32814 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32815 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32816 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32817 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32818 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32819 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32820 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32821 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32822 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32823 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32824 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32825 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32826 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "register.el" "replace.el"
32827 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32828 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
32829 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
32830 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
32831 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32832 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32833 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32834 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32835 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32836 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32837 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32838 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32839 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32840 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32841 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32842 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "x-dnd.el") (19781
32843 ;;;;;; 20793 754803))
32847 (provide 'loaddefs)
32848 ;; Local Variables:
32849 ;; version-control: never
32850 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32851 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32854 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here